512
2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Instrument Panel .............. 1-2 Initial Drive Information ........ 1-4 Vehicle Features ............. 1-17 Performance and Maintenance ................ 1-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows .................... 2-1 Keys and Locks ............... 2-2 Doors ........................ 2-14 Vehicle Security .............. 2-18 Exterior Mirrors ............... 2-21 Interior Mirrors ................ 2-23 Windows ..................... 2-24 Roof .......................... 2-27 Seats and Restraints ......... 3-1 Head Restraints ............... 3-2 Front Seats .................... 3-4 Rear Seats ................... 3-11 Safety Belts .................. 3-14 Airbag System ................ 3-23 Child Restraints .............. 3-37 Storage ....................... 4-1 Storage Compartments ........ 4-1 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Roof Rack System ............ 4-11 Instruments and Controls .... 5-1 Controls ....................... 5-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ................... 5-10 Information Displays .......... 5-27 Vehicle Messages ............ 5-32 Vehicle Personalization ....... 5-40 Universal Remote System .... 5-46 Lighting ....................... 6-1 Exterior Lighting ............... 6-1 Interior Lighting ................ 6-7 Lighting Features .............. 6-8 Infotainment System ......... 7-1 Introduction .................... 7-1 Radio ......................... 7-11 Audio Players ................ 7-19 Rear Seat Infotainment ....... 7-37 Phone ........................ 7-49 Trademarks and License Agreements ................. 7-73 Climate Controls ............. 8-1 Climate Control Systems .... . . 8-1 Air Vents ....................... 8-6 Maintenance ................... 8-6 Driving and Operating ........ 9-1 Driving Information ............. 9-2 Starting and Operating ....... 9-16 Engine Exhaust .............. 9-23 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-24 Drive Systems ................ 9-28 Brakes ....................... 9-29 Ride Control Systems ........ 9-32 Cruise Control ................ 9-36 Object Detection Systems .... 9-38 Fuel .......................... 9-46 Towing ....................... 9-52 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-61

2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-40Universal Remote System . . . . 5-46

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Rear Seat Infotainment . . . . . . . 7-37Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-16Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-24Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-32Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-61

Page 2: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4Special ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-15

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-19Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1

Page 3: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath,and SRX are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

This manual describes featuresthat may or may not be on yourspecific vehicle either becausethey are options that you didnot purchase or due to changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner manual. Please refer to thepurchase documentation relatingto your specific vehicle to confirmeach of the features found on yourvehicle. For vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name“General Motors of Canada Limited”for Cadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language copy of thismanual can be obtained from yourdealer or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 20892406 B Second Printing ©2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Page 4: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

iv Introduction

Using this ManualTo quickly locate informationabout the vehicle, use the Indexin the back of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page numberwhere it can be found.

Danger, Warnings, andCautionsWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will result inserious injury or death.

Warning or Caution indicates ahazard that could result in injury ordeath.

{ WARNING

These mean there is somethingthat could hurt you or otherpeople.

Notice: This means there issomething that could resultin property or vehicle damage.This would not be covered bythe vehicle's warranty.

A circle with a slash through itis a safety symbol which means“Do Not,” “Do not do this,” or“Do not let this happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shownwhen you need to see your ownermanual for additional instructionsor information.

* : This symbol is shownwhen you need to see a servicemanual for additional instructionsor information.

Page 5: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, referto the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar®

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

g : Outside Power FoldawayMirrors

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Page 6: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

vi Introduction

2 NOTES

Page 7: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Heated and VentilatedSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Head RestraintAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-14Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Vehicle FeaturesRadio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-18Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Mobile Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-21Storage Compartments . . . . . . 1-21Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Universal Remote System . . . 1-22

Performance and MaintenanceTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-22Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-23Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-23Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-24Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Page 8: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Page 9: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑6.

B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever.See Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals on page 6‑6.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

C. Cruise Control on page 9‑36.

Heated Steering Wheel onpage 5‑3 (If Equipped).

D. Instrument Cluster onpage 5‑11.

E. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2.

F. AM-FM Radio on page 7‑11.

Navigation System(If Equipped). See NavigationSystem Manual.

G. Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27.

H. Clock (Analog Clock) onpage 5‑7 or Clock (DigitalClock) on page 5‑8.

I. Navigation Display Control(If Equipped). See NavigationSystem Manual.

Safety Locks on page 2‑14.

Power Door Locks onpage 2‑12.

Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑5.

Phone Button (If Equipped).See Bluetooth (VoiceRecognition) on page 7‑55or Bluetooth (Overview) onpage 7‑49 or Bluetooth (UHPMexico Only) on page 7‑62or Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls) on page 7‑51.

J. Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6‑1.

Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6(If Equipped).

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑7.

K. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑18.

L. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5‑2.

M. Horn on page 5‑4.

N. Adjustable Pedal Control(If Equipped). See AdjustableThrottle and Brake Pedal onpage 9‑16.

O. Start/Stop Button. See IgnitionPositions on page 9‑17.

P. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑4.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑6.

Page 10: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-4 In Brief

Q. Heated and VentilatedFront Seats on page 3‑10(If Equipped).

R. Parking Brake on page 9‑30.

S. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission on page 9‑24.

T. StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑34.

Ultrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑38 (If Equipped).

Economy Mode (If Equipped).See Fuel Economy Mode onpage 9‑28

U. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that mayor may not be on your specificvehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is used to lock andunlock the doors from up to 60 m(195 ft) away from the vehicle.

K : Press to unlock the driverdoor or all doors depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback canbe personalized. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Page 11: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-5

8 : Press and hold to open orclose the liftgate.

L : Press and release to locatethe vehicle.

Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound thepanic alarm.

PressL again or start the vehicleto cancel the panic alarm.

Press the key release button nearthe bottom of the transmitter toremove the key. The key can beused for the driver door and theglove box.

See Keys on page 2‑2 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.

Remote Vehicle StartWith this feature the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Within two seconds, pressand hold/ until the turnsignal lamps flash, or for atleast two seconds if the vehicleis not in view.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.The doors will be locked and theclimate control system maycome on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a10-minute time extension. Remotestart can be extended only once.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑10.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3.

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.

Page 12: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-6 In Brief

Power Door Locks

There is a power door lock switchon the instrument panel and on thefront door panels.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Power Door Locks onpage 2‑12.

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

For vehicles without keyless access,unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

Press the touch pad located in thehandle of the liftgate, above thelicense plate, and lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

On vehicles with a power liftgatethe switch is located on the driverdoor. The vehicle must be inP (Park) to use the power feature.The taillamps flash when the powerliftgate moves.

Choose the power liftgate modeby turning the dial on the switchuntil the indicator lines up with thedesired position. Press the centerof the switch.

See Liftgate on page 2‑14 for moreinformation.

Windows

Pushing or pulling the switch partof the way will open or close thewindow as long as the switch isoperated.

Fully push the front of theswitch down and release itto express‐down the window.Fully pull the switch up and releaseit to express‐up the window.See Power Windows on page 2‑24.

Page 13: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-7

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will openall the windows from outsidethe vehicle by pressing andholding K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

See Power Windows on page 2‑24.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

To raise or recline the seatback,use the lever on the outboard sideof the seat.

See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4and Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑6.

Page 14: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-8 In Brief

Power Seats

A. Seat Position Control

B. Seatback Adjustment Control

C. Lumbar Adjustment Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Slide control (A) forward or

rearward, and up or down toadjust the power seat.

See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3‑5.

. Raise or recline the seatbackby tilting control (B) forward orrearward.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑6.

. Increase or decrease the lumbarsupport by pressing and holdingthe front or rear of control (C).See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3‑5.

Memory Features

On vehicles with the memoryfeature, the “1” and “2” buttonson the outboard side of the driverseat are used to manually saveand recall the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable throttle and brake pedals,if available. These manually storedpositions are referred to as ButtonMemory positions.

Page 15: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-9

The vehicle will also automaticallysave driver seat, outside mirror,and adjustable throttle and brakepedal positions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isturned off. These automaticallystored positions are referred toas RKE Memory positions.

Storing Button Memory Positions

To save positions into ButtonMemory:

1. Adjust the driver seat,seatback recliner, both outsidemirrors, and adjustable pedals,if available, to the desired drivingpositions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and “1” at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using “2.”

To recall the manually savedButton Memory positions, pressand hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat,outside mirrors, and adjustablepedals, if available, move to thepositions stored to those buttonswhen pressed. Releasing “1” or “2”before the stored positions arereached stops the recall.

To automatically recall RKE Memorypositions, unlock the driver doorwith the RKE transmitter, and openthe driver door. On vehicles withKeyless Access, opening the driverdoor when an RKE transmitteris present will activate the RKEMemory recall. If the driver dooris already open, pressing theRKE transmitter K button will alsoactivate the RKE Memory recall.The driver seat, outside mirrors,and pedals, if available, will move tothe previously saved RKE Memorypositions.

See Memory Seats on page 3‑7.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

To activate, place the ignition inOFF and open the driver door. If thedriver door is already open, placingthe ignition in OFF will activate theeasy exit driver seat.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Page 16: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-10 In Brief

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the instrumentpanel. To operate, the ignition mustbe in ON/RUN/START.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or { , if available,to ventilate the driver orpassenger seat.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑10.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and thehead restraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints on page 3‑2and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:. Safety Belts on page 3‑14.. How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly on page 3‑15.. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑17.. Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑45.

Page 17: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-11

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing systemwill turn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andseat-mounted side impactairbag under certain conditions.No other airbag is affected bythe passenger sensing system.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theoverhead console when the vehicleis started. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑30 for moreinformation.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch toL (Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror to thedesired position.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

Manual Folding Mirrors

Vehicles with manual fold mirrorsare folded inward toward the vehicleto prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.Push the mirror outward to returnit to the original position.

Page 18: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-12 In Brief

Power Folding Mirrors

Vehicles with power folding mirrors,to fold the mirrors:

1. With the selector switch inthe ) position, press the downarrow on the control pad. Bothmirrors will automatically fold.

2. Pressing the down arrow againwill return the mirrors to theiroriginal position.

See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑21.

Automatic Dimming Mirror

If the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror and the inside rearviewmirror automatically adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.See Automatic Dimming Mirror onpage 2‑22 or Automatic DimmingRearview Mirror on page 2‑23.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Page 19: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-13

Throttle and Brake PedalAdjustmentIf the vehicle has this feature, theposition of the throttle and brakepedals can be adjusted.

The switch used to adjust thepedals is located on the right sideof the steering column, below thewiper stalk. Pull the switch towardyou to move the pedals further fromthe floor, or push the switch awayfrom you to move the pedals closerto the floor.

See Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal on page 9‑16.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are locatedin the overhead console.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* : Turns the lamp off, even whena door is open.

1 : The lamp comes onautomatically when a door isopened.

+ : Turns the dome lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps located onthe overhead console and over therear passenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:. For the overhead console

reading lamps, press the buttonnext to each lamp.

. For the rear passenger readinglamps, press the lamp lens.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6‑7.

Page 20: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-14 In Brief

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamps control is locatedon the instrument panel to the left ofthe steering column.

The exterior lamps control has fourpositions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control offor on again.

AUTO: Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,and instrument panel lights.

; : Turns the parking lamps ontogether with the taillamps, licenseplate lamps, and instrument panellights.

5 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps,taillamps, license plate lamps,and instrument panel lights.

# : For vehicles with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

For more information, see:. Exterior Lamp Controls on

page 6‑1.. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)

on page 6‑3.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washerlever is located on the right sideof the steering column. With theignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN/START, move thewindshield wiper lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

Page 21: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-15

INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes. If thevehicle has Rainsense™, see thefollowing Rainsense information.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 5‑6, if equipped.

Rainsense™

For vehicles with Rainsense:

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.. Turn the band up for more

sensitivity to moisture.. Turn the band down for less

sensitivity to moisture.. Move the windshield wiper

lever out of the INT positionto deactivate Rainsense.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON: Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF: The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):Press the lower portion of the buttonto set a delay between wipes.

= : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 5‑6.

Page 22: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-16 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

A. Fan Control

B. Power

C. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

D. ZONE

E. Defrost

F. Air Delivery Mode Control

G. Driver and PassengerTemperature Control

H. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats

I. Air Conditioning

J. Recirculation

K. Outside Air

L. Rear Window Defogger

See Dual Automatic ClimateControl System on page 8‑1 andRear Climate Control System onpage 8‑5, if equipped.

Transmission

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Driver Shift Control (DSC)allows you to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever tothe left from D (Drive) toM (Manual Mode).

2. To enter M (Manual Mode),press the shift lever forward (+)to upshift or rearward (−) todownshift.

See Manual Mode on page 9‑26.

Page 23: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-17

Vehicle Features

Radio(s)

VOL/ O : Press to turn the systemon and off. Turn to increase ordecrease the volume.

RADIO/BAND: Press to choosebetween FM, AM, or XM™,if equipped.

TUNE or TUNE/INFO: Turn toselect radio stations.

Press the TUNE or TUNE/INFObutton to show available informationabout the current station or track.

g SEEK: Press to seek theprevious station or track.

l SEEK: Press to seek the nextstation or track.

/ BACK or BACK / : Press to exitor move backwards in a menu.

Buttons 1 - 6: Press to save andselect favorite stations.

For more information about theseand other radio features, seeOperation on page 7‑7.

Storing a Favorite Station

Stations from all bands can bestored in the favorite lists in anyorder. Up to six stations can bestored in each favorite page andthe number of available favoritepages can be set.

To store the station to a positionin the list, press the correspondingnumeric button 1-6 until the stationcan be heard again.

For more information, see “Storinga Station as a Favorite” in AM-FMRadio on page 7‑11.

Setting the Clock

The vehicle has a digital and ananalog clock.

For detailed instructions onsetting either clock, see Clock(Analog Clock) on page 5‑7 orClock (Digital Clock) on page 5‑8.

Turning the Digital Clock On or Off

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Select Clock Displayed.

4. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to turn the clock on or off.

Setting the Time and Date

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Select Set Time or Set Date.

4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob toadjust the highlighted value.

5. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select the next value.

6. To save the time or date andreturn to the Time and DateSettings menu, press theBACK / button at any timeor press the MENU/SELECTknob after adjusting the minutesor year.

Page 24: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-18 In Brief

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select the 12 hour or 24 hourdisplay format.

Setting the Month & Day Format

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight Month & Day Format.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select MM/DD (month/day) orDD/MM (day/month).

Setting the Auto Time Adjust(If Equipped)

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto turn Auto Time Adjust onor off.

Satellite RadioVehicles with an XM™ satelliteradio tuner and a valid XM satelliteradio subscription can receive XMprogramming.

XM Satellite Radio Service

XM is a satellite radio service basedin the 48 contiguous United Statesand 10 Canadian provinces.XM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theXM service.

Refer to:. www.xmradio.com or call

1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).. www.xmradio.ca or call

1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio on page 7‑14.

Portable Audio DevicesSome vehicles have a 3.5 mm(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USBport located in the center console.External devices such as iPods®,laptop computers, MP3 players,CD changers, and USB drives maybe connected, depending on theaudio system.

See Auxiliary Devices (Radio withCD/DVD and MEM) on page 7‑35 orAuxiliary Devices (Radio with CD)on page 7‑29.

Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth system allows userswith a Bluetooth-enabled cell phoneto make and receive hands-freecalls using the vehicle audio systemand controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phonemust be paired with the in-vehicleBluetooth system before it can beused in the vehicle. Not all phoneswill support all functions.

Page 25: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-19

See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)on page 7‑55 or Bluetooth(Overview) on page 7‑49 orBluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) onpage 7‑62 or Bluetooth(Infotainment Controls) onpage 7‑51.

Mobile AppsMobile apps are available fordownload through iTunes® to thenaccess the iPhone® App Storeand Google™ Marketplace forAndroid™. Search for the apps todownload. The apps are free ofcharge; however, the myCadillacapp requires the user to link theirown vehicle and OnStar MyLinkrequires an active OnStarsubscription.

Steering Wheel Controls

If available, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

y orz : Pressy to select thenext favorite radio station or nextCD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track.

Pressz to select the previousfavorite radio station or previousCD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track.

+ x −: Press + to increase thevolume, press − to decrease thevolume.

b / g : Press to interact with theavailable Bluetooth, OnStar,or Navigation system.

0 /c : Press to silence thevehicle speakers only. Press againto turn the sound on. For vehicleswith OnStar or Bluetooth systems,press to reject an incoming call,or end a current call.

SRCE: Press to select an audiosource.

For more information, see SteeringWheel Controls on page 5‑2.

Page 26: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-20 In Brief

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn cruise control onand off.

+ RES: Press briefly to makethe vehicle resume to a previouslyset speed or press and hold toaccelerate.

−SET: Press to set the speed andactivate cruise control or make thevehicle decelerate.

J OFF: Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑36.

Navigation SystemIf the vehicle has a navigationsystem, there is a separatenavigation system manual thatincludes information on the radio,audio players, and navigationsystem.

The navigation system providesdetailed maps of most majorfreeways and roads. After adestination has been set, thesystem provides turn-by-turninstructions for reaching thedestination. In addition, the systemcan help locate a variety of pointsof interest (POIs), such as banks,airports, restaurants, and more.

See the navigation system manualfor more information.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is located in thecenter of the instrument panelcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are located on the turnsignal lever.

A. SET/CLR: Press to set orclear the menu item whenit is displayed.

B. w / x : Use the thumbwheelto scroll through the items ineach menu.

Page 27: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-21

C. MENU: Press to display theTrip/Fuel menu and the VehicleInformation menu. This buttonis also used to return to or exitthe last screen displayed onthe DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑27.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If available, the RVC displays aview of the area behind the vehiclewhen the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse). The display will appearon either the inside rearview mirroror navigation screen, if equipped.

To clean the camera lens, locatedabove the license plate, rinse it withwater and wipe it with a soft cloth.

See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) onpage 9‑42.

Ultrasonic Parking AssistIf available, Ultrasonic Front andRear Parking Assist (UFRPA)uses sensors on the front and rearbumpers to detect objects whileparking the vehicle. It operates atspeeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).UFRPA uses audio beeps to providedistance and system information.

Keep the sensors on the vehicle'sfront and rear bumpers clean toensure proper operation.

See Ultrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑38 for more information.

Storage CompartmentsThe glove box is air conditionedand can be used to store items at alower temperature. Move the slidecontrol to open or close the openingto adjust the air flow. See Glove Boxon page 4‑1 for more information.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has four accessorypower outlets. The power outletslocated below the climate controlsystem inside the front storagebin, inside the center floor console,and on the rear of the center floorconsole are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

Open the protective cap to use theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

Page 28: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-22 In Brief

Universal Remote System

This system provides a wayto replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems,and home automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to programthe Universal Remote system.Because of the steps involved,it may be helpful to have anotherperson available to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System onpage 5‑46.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The traction control system limitswheel spin. The system is on whenthe vehicle is started.. To turn off traction control,

press and release g located on

the console. i illuminates andthe appropriate DIC messagedisplays. See Vehicle Messageson page 5‑32.

. Press and release g again toturn traction control back on.

For more information, see TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑32.

StabiliTrak® SystemThe StabiliTrak system assistswith directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.The system is on when the vehicleis started.. To turn off both Traction Control

and StabiliTrak, press andhold g until g and i illuminateand the appropriate DICmessage displays. See VehicleMessages on page 5‑32.

. Press g again to turn on bothsystems.

For more information, seeStabiliTrak® System on page 9‑34.

Page 29: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-23

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The TPMS warning light alerts youto a significant loss in pressure ofone of the vehicle's tires. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10. The warninglight will remain on until the tirepressure is corrected.

During cooler conditions, the low tirepressure warning light may appearwhen the vehicle is first started andthen turn off. This may be an early

indicator that the tire pressures aregetting low and the tires need to beinflated to the proper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. It is thedriver’s responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10‑58.

Tire Sealant andCompressor KitThis vehicle may come with a sparetire and tire changing equipment ora tire sealant and compressor kit.The kit can be used to temporarilyseal small punctures in the treadarea of the tire.

See Tire Sealant and CompressorKit on page 10‑73 for completeoperating information.

If the vehicle came with a spare tireand tire changing equipment, see Ifa Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC MENU button andthumbwheel on the turn signallever, display REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27 and Engine OilMessages on page 5‑35.

2. Press the SET/CLR button toreset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

Page 30: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-24 In Brief

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10.

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badgeand a yellow fuel cap can use eitherunleaded gasoline or ethanol fuelcontaining up to 85% ethanol (E85).See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) onpage 9‑49. For all other vehicles,use only the unleaded gasolinedescribed under RecommendedFuel on page 9‑46.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some drivingtips to get the best fuel economypossible.. Avoid fast starts and accelerate

smoothly.. Brake gradually and avoid

abrupt stops.. Avoid idling the engine for long

periods of time.. When road and weather

conditions are appropriate,use cruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. only):1-888-889-2438

Mexico: 01-800-466-0805

As the owner of a new Cadillac,you are automatically enrolled inthe Roadside Service program.

See Roadside Service (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideService (Mexico) on page 13‑10.

Page 31: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

In Brief 1-25

Roadside Service and OnStar(U.S. and Canada)

If you have an active OnStarsubscription, press theQ buttonand the current GPS location willbe sent to an OnStar advisor whowill assess your problem, contactRoadside Service, and relay yourexact location to get the helpyou need.

Online Owner Center(U.S. and Canada)

The Online Owner Center is acomplimentary service that includesonline service reminders, vehiclemaintenance tips, online ownermanual, special privileges,and more.

Sign up today at:

U.S.: cadillac.com

Click on “Owners,” then “ManageMy Cadillac/Owners Login.”

Canada: cadillacowner.ca

OnStar®

If equipped, this vehicle hasa comprehensive, in-vehiclesystem that can connect to a liveAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connection, andDiagnostic Services. See OnStarOverview on page 14‑1.

Page 32: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

1-26 In Brief

2 NOTES

Page 33: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . 2-10Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . 2-18Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-20

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-22Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-23Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Page 34: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls oreven make the vehicle move.The windows will function withthe RKE transmitter in the vehicleand they could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in avehicle with children.

This key, located inside the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,is used for the driver door andglove box.

Page 35: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑8 or Roadside Service(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview on page 14‑1.

Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑23 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance.

The transmitter may betoo far from the vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter functions will work up to60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated,can impact the performance of thetransmitter.

Page 36: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown, Without Similar

Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.The turn signal indicators mayflash and/or the horn may soundto indicate locking, see “LockingFeedback” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if enabled throughthe vehicle personalization. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also armthe theft-deterrent system.See Anti-theft Alarm System onpage 2‑18.

K (Unlock): Press to unlockthe driver door or all doors, see“Door Unlock Options” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night thefog lamps and reverse lamps willcome on for about 20 seconds tolight your approach to the vehicle.The turn signal indicators mayflash and/or the horn may soundto indicate unlocking. See “UnlockFeedback” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Memory seat positions may berecalled when unlocking the vehicle.See “Memory Remote Recall”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40 for more information.

Pressing K will disarmthe theft-deterrent system.See Anti-theft Alarm System onpage 2‑18.

On some models, pressing andholding K will open all of thewindows.

/ (Remote Start): For vehicleswith this feature, press Q and

then press and hold/ withintwo seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle usingthe RKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start on page 2‑10 foradditional information.

L (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm): Press and releaseone time to locate the vehicle.The exterior lamps flash and thehorn chirps. Press and holdL forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signal lamps flash for30 seconds, or untilL is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

8 (Remote Liftgate Release):Press until the liftgate begins tomove to open or close the powerliftgate.

Page 37: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Access Operation

Some vehicles have the keylessaccess system that lets you lockand unlock the doors and accessthe liftgate without removing theremote transmitter from your pocket,purse, briefcase, etc. The keylessentry transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.If the vehicle has this feature, therewill be a body colored touch pad onthe outside front door handles.

Keyless Unlocking

With the transmitter within 1 m (3 ft),approach the front door and pullthe handle. If the transmitter isrecognized, the door will unlockand open.

Entering any door other than thedriver door will always cause allof the doors to unlock. This is notcustomizable.

To customize which doors unlockwhen the driver’s door is opened,see “Passive Unlock” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Keyless Locking

If the vehicle has the keylessaccess system, this feature allowsyou to select whether the doorsautomatically lock during normalvehicle exit. When the vehicle isturned off and all doors becomeclosed, the vehicle will determinehow many keyless accesstransmitters remain in the vehicleinterior. If at least one keylessaccess transmitter has beenremoved from the interior of thevehicle, the doors will lock aftereight seconds.

If there are two keyless accesstransmitters in the vehicle andone is removed, the other will belocked in. A person approachingthe outside of the locked vehiclewithout an authorized keylessaccess transmitter will not be ableto open the door, even with thetransmitter in the vehicle.

You may temporarily disable thekeyless locking feature by pressingand holding the power door unlockbutton on the instrument panel forseveral seconds with a door open.Keyless locking will then remaindisabled until the door lock switchis pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when you exitthe vehicle, see “Passive Locking”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Page 38: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Lock Sensor

When all doors are closed and theignition is off, the vehicle can belocked by pressing this area on thedoor handle. This feature will beavailable for several minutes afterthe vehicle has been turned off.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the liftgatehandle to open the liftgate if thekeyless entry transmitter is withinrange.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only keyless entry transmittersprogrammed to the vehicle will work.If a transmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters matchedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter (Keyless AccessVehicles Only)

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must beoff and all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the key lockcylinder located on the outsideof the driver door and turn thekey to the unlock position fivetimes within ten seconds.

The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays READYTO LEARN ELECTRONICKEY #2, 3, 4, ETC.

Page 39: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

3. Place the new transmitterinto the transmitter pocket.The transmitter pocket is insidethe center console storagearea located between the driverand front passenger seats.The storage area will needto be opened and the storagetray lifted up to access thetransmitter pocket.

4. Press the ignition. When thetransmitter is learned the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3through 5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe ignition for 10 seconds toexit programming mode.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter(Keyless Access Vehicles Only)

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters you wishto program must be with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder located on the outsideof the driver door and turnthe key to the unlock positionfive times within ten seconds.

The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displaysREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

Page 40: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Wait for ten minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the ignition.

The DIC displays will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display shouldnow show READY FORREMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitterinto the transmitter pocket.The transmitter pocket is insidethe center console storagearea located between thedriver and front passengerseats. The storage area willneed to be opened and thestorage tray lifted up to accessthe transmitter pocket.

5. Press the ignition. When thetransmitter is learned the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4through 6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press and holdthe ignition for 10 seconds toexit programming mode.

Page 41: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED when you try tostart the vehicle. The REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage may also be displayedat this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storagearea and the storage tray. 2. Place the transmitter in the

transmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park)or N (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the START button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Notice: When replacing thebattery, do not touch any ofthe circuitry on the transmitter.Static from your body coulddamage the transmitter.

Replace the battery if theREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTEKEY message displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near the bottomof the transmitter and pull thekey out.

2. Use the key blade to separatethe two halves of the transmitter.

Page 42: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Remove the old battery.Do not use a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing down. Replace witha CR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote Vehicle StartIf available, this feature allows youto start the engine from outside thevehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start):This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

Vehicles with an automatic climatecontrol system will automaticallychange to a heating or coolingmode depending on the outsidetemperature during a remote start.

When the ON/RUN/START ignitionmode is selected, the climatecontrol system will return to itssetting from when the vehiclewas last turned off.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System on page 2‑3 for additionalinformation.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Within two seconds, press andhold/ until the turn signallamps flash. This confirmsthe request to remote start thevehicle has been received. If thevehicle' s lamps are not visible,press and hold/ for at leasttwo seconds.

During the remote start thedoors will be locked and theparking lamps will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut offafter 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or the ignitionis put in ON/RUN/START.

3. Press the brake pedal and selectthe ON/RUN/START ignitionmode to drive the vehicle.

Page 43: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Extending Engine Run Time

For a 10-minute extension, repeatSteps 1 and 2 while the engine isstill running. The remote start canonly be extended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period willstart immediately.

For example, if the vehicle hasbeen running for five minutes, and10 minutes are added, the enginewill run for a total of 15 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Shutting the Engine Off After aRemote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press/ until the parking lampsturn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:. The ignition is in any mode other

than OFF.. The transmitter is in the vehicle.. The hood is not closed.. The hazard warning flashers

are on.. There is an emission control

system malfunction.. The engine coolant temperature

is too high.. The oil pressure is low.. Two remote vehicle starts have

already been used.. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Page 44: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks

{ WARNING

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle ina crash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly andthe doors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromthe outside, press Q or K onthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3 or use the key in the driverdoor. Turn the key counterclockwiseonce to unlock the driver door;turning the key again will unlockthe passenger doors.

To unlock a door from the inside,pull once on the door handle tounlock it, and a second time toopen it.

Power Door Locks

Instrument Panel

Page 45: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Front Door Panels

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.

Lockout Deterrent

Lockout deterrent decreases thechances that the keys may beaccidentally locked in the vehicle.

When door locking is requested bypressing Q on the instrument panelor front door panels, or the RKEtransmitter and the driver door isopen, all doors will lock and thedriver door will immediately unlock.The driver door must be closedwhen Q is pressed for all doorsto remain locked.

This feature can be programmedto provide the lockout deterrentfeature only when the ignitionmode is ACC/ACCESSORY, orON/RUN/START. See “Power DoorLocks” in Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Delayed Locking

When this feature is enabled andthe doors are locked with the powerlock switch on the instrument panelor front door panels, three chimessound to signal that the delayedlocking feature is in use. All doorslock five seconds after the last dooris closed.

When the delayed locking featureis in use, pressing Q on theinstrument panel or front doorpanels, or the RKE transmitterwill override the feature andlock all doors immediately.

This feature can be programmedby using the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See “Delayed DoorLock” in Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. The delayed lockingfeature is only available if “UnlockedDoor Anti-Lockout” is disabled.

Page 46: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety LocksRear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from the inside.

Press { to activate the safety locks,the LED in the switch illuminates.

Press { to deactivate the safetylocks.

Doors

Liftgate

{ WARNING

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outletson or under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in theIndex.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑23.

Notice: If you open the liftgatewithout checking for overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor, you could damage theliftgate or the liftgate glass.Always check to make sure thearea above and behind the liftgateis clear before opening it.

Page 47: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Manual Liftgate

For vehicles without keyless access,unlock the vehicle before openingthe liftgate.

Press the touch pad located in thehandle of the liftgate, above thelicense plate, and lift up to open.

Do not press the touch pad whileclosing the liftgate. This will causethe liftgate to be unlatched.

Always close the liftgate beforedriving.

Power Liftgate

On vehicles with a power liftgate,the switch is on the driver door.The vehicle must be in P (Park)to use the power feature.The taillamps flash when thepower liftgate moves.

{ WARNING

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Choose the power liftgate mode byturning the dial on the switch untilthe indicator lines up with thedesired position.

The three modes are:

MAX: The liftgate opens to the fullopen height.

3/4: The liftgate opens to a reducedheight that can be set by the vehicleoperator in a range of approximatelythree‐quarters open to full open.Use this setting to prevent theliftgate from opening into overheadobstructions such as a garage dooror roof mounted cargo during poweroperation. The liftgate can still bemanually opened all the way.

Page 48: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

OFF: The liftgate only operatesmanually in this position.

Manual operation of a liftgate thatalso has power operation requiresmore effort than with a standardmanual liftgate.

In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode,the liftgate can be power openedand closed by:

. Pressing8 on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitteruntil the liftgate starts moving.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3.

. Pressing8 on the center ofthe mode switch on the driverdoor, with the driver doorunlocked.

. Pressing the touch pad switchon the liftgate outside handle,with all doors unlocked, to openthe liftgate.

Press and release8 on theliftgate next to the latch to closethe liftgate.

Pressing any liftgate button,or the touch pad switch while theliftgate is moving, stops it. Pressingthe button or RKE switch againreverses the direction. There is aminimum distance that the powerliftgate must already be open for thesystem to hold it open. If movementis stopped below that minimum, theliftgate closes.

Do not force the liftgate open orclosed during a power cycle.

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled underextreme temperatures or lowbattery conditions. If this occurs,the liftgate can still be operatedmanually.

If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) while the power functionis in progress, the liftgate powerfunction will continue to completion.If you shift the transmission out ofP (Park) and accelerate before thepower liftgate latch is closed, theliftgate may reverse to the openposition. Cargo could fall out ofthe vehicle. Always make sure thepower liftgate is closed and latchedbefore you drive away.

If you power open the liftgate andthe liftgate support struts have lostpressure, the turn signals flash anda chime sounds. The liftgate staysopen temporarily, then slowlycloses. See your dealer for servicebefore using the liftgate.

Page 49: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters anobstacle during a power openor close cycle, a warning chimewill sound and the liftgate willautomatically reverse direction tothe full closed or open position.After removing the obstruction,the power liftgate operation can beused again. If the liftgate encountersmultiple obstacles on the samepower cycle, the power functionwill deactivate. After removing theobstructions, the liftgate will resumenormal power operation.

The vehicle has pinch sensorslocated on the side edges of theliftgate. If an object is caughtbetween the liftgate and the bodyand presses against this sensor,the liftgate will reverse direction andopen fully. The liftgate will remainopen until it is activated again orclosed manually.

Setting the PowerLiftgate 3/4 Mode

To change the liftgate stop position.

1. Turn the liftgate switch toeither the MAX, or the 3/4 modeposition and power open theliftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement atthe desired height by pressingany liftgate switch. Manuallyadjust the liftgate position ifrequired.

3. Press and hold the button onthe liftgate next to the latchuntil the turn signals flash anda beep sounds to indicate thatthe new setting is recorded.

When power opened withthe 3/4 mode selected, the liftgatestops at the new set position.

If you do not receive the audible andvisual feedback when setting theintermediate stop position, you areattempting to set the height belowthe 3/4 open height minimum(approximately 1.52 m or 5 ft).The liftgate cannot be set belowthat minimum and the new settingwill not be recorded.

Page 50: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Operation of PowerLiftgate

To change the liftgate to manualoperation, turn the mode switch tothe OFF position.

With the power liftgate disabledand all of the doors unlocked,the liftgate can be manually openedand closed. The effort required tooperate a power liftgate is greaterthan the effort required to operatea non-power liftgate.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad on the handle on the outside ofthe liftgate, and lift the gate open.

To close the liftgate, use the pullcup to lower the liftgate and close.With the power liftgate disabled, theliftgate electric latch will still powerlatch once contact is made with thestriker. Always close the liftgatebefore driving.

If the RKE button is pressed whilepower operation is disabled, the turnsignals flash and the liftgate willnot move.

The liftgate has an electric latch.If the battery is disconnected orhas low voltage, the liftgate willnot open. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do notmake it impossible to steal.

Anti-theft Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The LED light, located onthe instrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the statusof the system.

Arming the System

1. Close all doors, liftgate,and hood.

2. Lock the vehicle using thetransmitter or the power doorlock button. The LED on theinstrument panel should comeon and stay on for about30 seconds.

Page 51: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

3. After 30 seconds, the alarmsystem will arm, and theLED will begin to slowly flashindicating the alarm is operating.

If a door, the hood, or liftgate isopened without first unlocking withthe transmitter, the turn signals willflash and the horn will sound forabout 30 seconds. The alarmsystem will then re-arm to monitorfor the next unauthorized event.

The theft-deterrent alarm system willnot activate if the doors are lockedwith the key. You can start thevehicle with a recognized transmitterin the vehicle if the alarm has beenset off.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system, either unlockthe doors using the transmitter,or start the vehicle with arecognized transmitter in thevehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:. Lock the vehicle with the

transmitter after all occupantshave left the vehicle and alldoors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with thetransmitter. Unlocking a door anyother way will not disarm thealarm.

If you set off the alarm by accident,turn off the alarm by pressing K onthe transmitter. The alarm will notstop if you try to unlock a door anyother way.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsthree times, an attempted break-inhas occurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, theTHEFT ATTEMPTED message willappear on the DIC. See Key andLock Messages on page 5‑36 foradditional information.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑23 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Page 52: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicleis turned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the pushbuttonstart is activated to enter theACC/ACCESSORY mode or theON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, located in theinstrument panel cluster, comes onif there is a problem with armingor disarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

The system has one or moreRKE transmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be ableto start your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not changeignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, OFF), and theRKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the center console.See “NO REMOTE DETECTED”under Key and Lock Messages onpage 5‑36.

If the ignition modes will notchange with the other transmitter,your vehicle needs service. If theignition does change modes, thefirst transmitter may be faulty.See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and havea new RKE transmitter programmedto the vehicle.

It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Do not leave the key or devicethat disarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Page 53: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ WARNING

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown

To adjust the mirror:

1. Move the selector switch toL (Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

Vehicles with manual fold mirrorsare folded inward toward the vehicleto prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash.Push the mirror outward to returnit to the original position.

Page 54: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Folding Mirrors

Vehicles with power folding mirrors,to fold the mirrors:

1. With the selector switch inthe ) position, press the downarrow on the control pad. Bothmirrors will automatically fold.

2. Pressing the down arrow againwill return the mirrors to theiroriginal position.

Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:. The mirrors are accidentally

obstructed while folding.. They are accidentally manually

folded/unfolded.. The mirrors do not stay in the

unfolded position.. The mirrors vibrate at normal

driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors onetime using the mirror controls toreset them to their normal position.A noise may be heard during theresetting of the power foldingmirrors. This sound is normal aftera manual folding operation.

Heated Mirrors1 (Rear Window Defogger):Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑1 for moreinformation.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Page 55: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf the vehicle is equipped withmemory mirrors, there is an optionto have the mirrors tilt down, whenin R (Reverse), to more easily seethe ground near the vehicle.

When the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse), both the driver andpassenger mirrors will tilt downward.They will return to their previousposition when the vehicle is shiftedout of R (Reverse), the ignition isturned to OFF, or the vehicle is leftin R (Reverse) for an extendedperiod of time.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorAdjust the inside rearview mirrorfor a clear view of the area behindyour vehicle. To avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind, push thetab forward for daytime and pull itfor nighttime use.

Vehicles with OnStar® have threecontrol buttons at the bottom of themirror. See your dealer for moreinformation about OnStar and howto subscribe to it. See OnStarOverview on page 14‑1.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle may have an automaticdimming inside rearview mirror.Automatic dimming reduces theglare from the headlamps of thevehicle behind you. The dimmingfeature and the indicator light comeon each time the vehicle is started.

Vehicles with OnStar have threecontrol buttons located at thebottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.

Cleaning the Mirror

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Page 56: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children, helplessadults, or pets in a vehiclewith the windows closed isdangerous. They can beovercome by the extreme heatand suffer permanent injuriesor even death from heat stroke.Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when a window ispartially open. To reduce the sound,open another window or the sunroof(if equipped).

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehiclewith the RKE transmitter isdangerous for many reasons;children or others could be badlyinjured or even killed. They couldoperate the power windows orother controls or even make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle and they could beseriously injured or killed if caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave the RKE transmitterin a vehicle with children.

When there are children in therear seat, use the window lockoutswitch to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.

Page 57: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-25

The power windows:. Can be operated with the

ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN/START.

. Can be operated within10 minutes of switching theignition off. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑21.

. Will stop operation when anydoor is opened.

Pushing or pulling the switch partof the way will open or close thewindow as long as the switch isoperated.

Express‐Down/Up Windows

Windows that have theexpress‐down/up featureallow the windows to be loweredand raised fully without holding thewindow switch. Press the windowswitch fully and release it to activatethe express‐down feature. Pull thewindow switch fully up and releaseit to activate the express‐up feature.The express mode can be canceledat any time by briefly pressing orpulling the switch.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming the power windowsmay be necessary if the vehicle'sbattery has been disconnected ordischarged.

If the window will not express upafter power has been restored and amessage is displayed in the DriverInformation Center:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition inACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN/START.

3. From any partial open position,close the window and continueto pull the switch briefly after thewindow has fully closed.

Page 58: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Obstacle Detection Feature

The Obstacle Detection Feature ispart of the express-up feature and isactive:. In the middle and upper portions

of the window opening.. During window up movements.. In ignition OFF during all window

up movements and duringexpress-up window movementsin ignition ON/RUN/START.

If there is something blocking thewindow during automatic closing,the window will reverse directionfor a short distance. Weatherconditions such as extreme coldand/or ice may cause the windowto auto-reverse. The window willreturn to normal operation once theobject or condition is removed.

If conditions prevent the windowfrom closing and the windowcontinues to auto-reverse, it ispossible to close the window withthe ignition in ON/RUN/START byholding the window switch in thepartially or fully pulled up position.Release of the switch from thepartially pulled up position willcause the window to stop. Releaseof the switch from the fully pulled upposition will activate the express-upand related obstacle detectionfeatures.

Overload

If the windows are repeatedlyoperated within a short time, thewindow operation is disabled for ashort time.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will openall the windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Page 59: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-27

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearpassenger windows from operating,except from the driver position.

Presso to activate the rearwindow lockout, the LED in theswitch illuminates.

Presso to deactivate the rearwindow lockout.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor fromthe center mount to pivot to the sidewindow, or to extend along the rod,if available.

Roof

SunroofOn vehicles with a sunroof, theswitches are on the overheadconsole.

The sunroof only operates whenthe ignition is in ON/RUN/STARTor ACC/ACCESSORY, or inRetained Accessory Power (RAP).See Ignition Positions on page 9‑17and Retained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9‑21.

Page 60: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

2-28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

A. Sunroof Switch

B. Sunshade Switch

To open the sunroof, press the backof the sunroof switch (A) to the firstdetent and release, the sunroof willopen to the vent position.

Press the back of the sunroof switchto the first detent and hold, to openthe sunroof to a desired position ata normal speed. Press the rear ofthe switch to the second detentand release, to express open thesunroof to an automatically adjustedcomfort position. Press the rear ofthe switch to the second detent and

release again, to open the sunroofto the full open position. Press thefront of the switch to second detentand release, to express close thesunroof.

Press the front of the sunroof switchto the first detent and hold, to closethe sunroof to a desired position ata normal speed. Press the front ofthe switch to the second detentand release, to express close thesunroof.

To open or close the sunshade,press the open or close sunroofswitch (B).

Press the front or back of thesunshade switch to the first detentand hold, to open or close thesunshade to a desired position ata normal speed. Press the switchto the second detent and release,to express open or close thesunshade.

Fully close the glass before fullyclosing the sunshade.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof when it is closing, theanti-pinch feature detects theobject and stops the sunrooffrom closing at the point of theobstruction. The sunroof thenreturns to the full-open position.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation, noise, or plugging thewater drainage system. Periodicallyopen the sunroof and remove anyobstacles or loose debris. Wipe thesunroof seal and roof sealing areausing a clean cloth, mild soap, andwater. Do not remove grease fromthe sunroof.

Page 61: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-5Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-13

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-21Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-21Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-25When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-35

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-36Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Page 62: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-42Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-44Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-53

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-56

Head Restraints

{ WARNING

With head restraints that arenot installed and adjustedproperly, there is a greaterchance that occupants will suffera neck/spinal injury in a crash.Do not drive until the headrestraints for all occupants areinstalled and adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Page 63: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraintcan be adjusted. To raise orlower the head restraint, press

the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pullup or push the head restraintdown, and release the button.Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top ofthe seatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Page 64: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-4 Seats and Restraints

The vehicle's rear seat has anadjustable headrest in the centerseating position that can beadjusted the same way as theoutboard head restraints.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑45.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.The sudden movement couldstartle and confuse you, or makeyou push a pedal when you donot want to. Adjust the driver seatonly when the vehicle is notmoving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of theseat cushion.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward to adjust the seatposition.

3. Release the handle to stop theseat from moving.

4. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Page 65: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front orrear part of the seat cushionby moving the front or rearof the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the control up or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.

Lumbar Adjustment

Power Lumbar

If available, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support. Releasethe control when the seatbackreaches the desired level of lumbarsupport.

Thigh SupportAdjustment

If available, adjust the manual legextension by pulling up on the lever,and then pulling or pushing on thesupport to lengthen or shorten it.Release the lever to lock it in place.

Page 66: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Page 67: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-7

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

Memory Seats

On vehicles with the memoryfeature, the “1” and “2” buttons onthe outboard side of the driver seatare used to manually save andrecall the positions of the driverseat, outside mirrors, and adjustablethrottle and brake pedal positions,if available. These manually storedpositions are referred to as ButtonMemory positions.

Page 68: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-8 Seats and Restraints

The vehicle will also automaticallysave driver seat, outside mirror,and adjustable throttle and brakepedal positions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isturned off. These automaticallystored positions are referred toas RKE Memory positions.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Storing Button Memory Positions

To save positions into ButtonMemory:

1. Adjust the driver seat,seatback recliner, both outsidemirrors, and adjustable pedals,if available, to the desired drivingpositions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and “1” at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using “2.”

Recalling Button MemoryPositions

To recall the manually savedButton Memory positions, pressand hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat,outside mirrors, and adjustablepedals, if available, move to thepositions stored to those buttonswhen pressed. Releasing “1” or “2”before the stored positions arereached stops the recall.

If something has blocked thedriver seat and/or the adjustablepedals, if available, while recallinga memory position, the recall maystop. Remove the obstruction;then press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the memory itemthat is not recalling for two seconds.Try recalling the memory positionagain by pressing the appropriatememory button. If the memoryposition is still not recalling,see your dealer for service.

Recalling RKE Memory Positions(Memory Remote Recall)

The Memory Remote Recall featurecan recall the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and adjustable pedals,if available, to previously storedRKE Memory positions whenentering the vehicle.

Every time the ignition is placedin OFF, the positions of thedriver seat, outside mirrors, andadjustable pedals, if available, areautomatically stored to the RKEtransmitter that was used to startthe vehicle. These positions arecalled RKE Memory positions andmay be different than the previouslymentioned Button Memory positionssaved to the “1” or “2” buttons.

Page 69: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-9

To automatically recall RKE Memorypositions, unlock the driver doorwith the RKE transmitter, and openthe driver door. On vehicles withKeyless Access, opening the driverdoor when an RKE transmitteris present will activate the RKEMemory recall. If the driver dooris already open, pressing the RKEtransmitter K button will alsoactivate the RKE Memory recall.The driver seat, outside mirrors,and pedals, if available, will moveto the previously saved RKEMemory positions.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

To stop recall movement, pressone of the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls, or theadjustable pedal switch, if available.

If something has blocked thedriver seat and/or the adjustablepedals, if available, while recallinga memory position, the recall maystop. Remove the obstruction; thenpress and hold the appropriatemanual control for the memory itemthat is not recalling for two seconds.Try recalling the memory positionagain by opening the driver doorand pressing the RKE transmitter Kbutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the drivermore room to exit the vehicle.

To activate, place the ignition inOFF and open the driver door. If thedriver door is already open, placingthe ignition in OFF will activate theeasy exit driver seat.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power seat controls,or the adjustable pedal switch,if available.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and holdthe power seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exitposition again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Page 70: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burnseven at low temperatures.To reduce the risk of burns,people with such a conditionshould use care when usingthe seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do notplace anything on the seat thatinsulates against heat, such asa blanket, cushion, cover,or similar item. This may causethe seat heater to overheat.An overheated seat heater maycause a burn or may damagethe seat.

Heated and Ventilated SeatButtons Shown, Heated Seat

Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the instrumentpanel. To operate, the ignition mustbe in ON/RUN/START.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press C or { , if available, toventilate the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The lights indicatethree for the highest setting andone for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Page 71: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats can be turned onautomatically. They are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on.Press the button to use the heatedor ventilated seats after the vehicleis started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights on the button donot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑10 and VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Rear SeatsSplit Folding Seatbacks

With this feature, either side of therear seatback can be folded downfor more cargo space.

Folding the Seatbacks

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Unbuckle the rear safetybelts and move the frontseatbacks to the uprightposition. See RecliningSeatbacks on page 3‑6.

2. Make sure that there is nothingunder, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Lift the lever on the top ofthe seatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises whenthe seatback is unlocked.

4. Fold the seatback forward. A tabnear the seatback lever retractswhen the seatback is locked inplace.

Keep the seatback in the upright,locked position when not in use.

Page 72: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Raising the Seatbacks

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt couldbe seriously injured. After raisingthe rear seatback, always checkto be sure that the safety beltsare properly routed and attached,and are not twisted.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever on top of theseatback. Raise the seatbackand release the lever. A tab nearthe seatback lever raises whenthe seatback is unlocked.

2. Push the seatback rearward untilit locks in the upright position.A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

3. Make sure the rear safetybelts are not twisted or caughtbetween the seat cushion andthe seatback.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift and hold the lever on topof the seatback. A tab near theseatback lever raises when theseatback is unlocked.

2. Tilt the seatback rearward,and then release the lever whenthe seatback is in the desiredposition. A tab near the seatbacklever retracts when the seatbackis locked in place.

Page 73: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Heated Rear Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin,the seat heater may causeburns even at low temperatures.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats onpage 3‑10.

If available, the buttons are on theRear Sear Audio (RSA) panel on therear of the center console.

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press L or M to heat the left orright outboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on the RSAdisplay appears when this featureis on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

Some vehicles have a rear seatpass-through door in the center ofthe rear seatback. Fold down thecenter armrest and push down onthe latch to open the door.

Page 74: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ WARNING

Do not let anyone ride wherea safety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle.In addition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area, inside oroutside of a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allowpassengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5‑15.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

Page 75: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-15

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether youare wearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children.And there are different rules forsmaller children and infants. If achild will be riding in the vehicle,see Older Children on page 3‑37or Infants and Young Children onpage 3‑39. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

Page 76: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-16 Seats and Restraints

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the beltlow and snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you wouldbe less likely to slide under thelap belt. If you slid under it, thebelt would apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body arebest able to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Page 77: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled outall the way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3‑21.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulderbelt height adjuster, move it tothe height that is right for you.See “Shoulder Belt HeightAdjuster” later in this sectionfor instructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullstitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

Page 78: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-18 Seats and Restraints

To unlatch the belt, just push thebutton on the buckle.

Before a door is closed, be surethe safety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so that theshoulder portion of the belt is onthe shoulder and not falling off of it.The belt should be close to, butnot contacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly onpage 3‑15.

Move the height adjuster up to thedesired position by pushing up onthe height adjuster.

After the height adjuster is set tothe desired position, try to moveit up or down without pressing therelease button (A) to make sure ithas locked into position. Press therelease button to lower the heightadjuster.

Page 79: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safetybelt pretensioners cannot be seen,they are part of the safety beltassembly. They can help tighten thesafety belts during the early stagesof a moderate to severe frontal andnear frontal crash and will deploy inside, rear and rollover events if thethreshold conditions for pretensioneractivation are met.

Pretensioners work only once.If the pretensioners activate in acrash, they will need to be replaced,and probably other new parts forthe vehicle's safety belt system.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash on page 3‑22.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear shoulderbelt comfort guides for the outboardpassenger positions in the rearseat. If not, they are availablethrough your dealer. The guidesmay provide added safety beltcomfort for older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, and properly adjusted,the comfort guide positions the beltaway from the neck and head.

Here is how to install a comfortguide to the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the sideof the seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

Page 80: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-20 Seats and Restraints

3. Be sure that the belt isnot twisted and it lies flat.The elastic cord must be underthe belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt couldbe seriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe safety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety beltcan be removed from the guide.Slide the guide back into its storagepocket located on the side ofthe seat.

Page 81: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should weara lap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as lowas possible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults.Never use it for securing child seats.To wear it, attach it to the regularsafety belt. See the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors,and anchorages are all workingproperly. Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you ina crash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5‑15.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑22.

Page 82: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them.In a crash, they might not be ableto provide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death ina crash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soonas possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑16.

Page 83: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for thedriver and for the second rowpassenger seated directlybehind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thesecond row passenger seateddirectly behind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on anattached label near the deploymentopening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver andon the instrument panel for thefront outboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is onthe side of the seatback closestto the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force ofan inflating bag, all airbags mustinflate very quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ WARNING

You can be severely injuredor killed in a crash if you arenot wearing your safety belt,even with airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3‑26.

Wearing your safety belt duringa crash helps reduce the chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

Page 84: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-24 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blinkof an eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbagwhen it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. Airbags pluslap-shoulder belts offer protectionfor adults and older children,but not for young children andinfants. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them.Young children and infants needthe protection that a child restraintsystem can provide. Alwayssecure children properly inthe vehicle. To read how, seeOlder Children on page 3‑37 orInfants and Young Children onpage 3‑39.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑16for more information.

Page 85: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side ofthe seatbacks closest to the door.

Page 86: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,right front passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ WARNING

If something is betweenan occupant and an airbag,the airbag might not inflateproperly or it might force theobject into that person causingsevere injury or even death.The path of an inflating airbagmust be kept clear. Do not putanything between an occupantand an airbag, and do not attachor put anything on the steeringwheel hub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessoriesthat block the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the pathof an inflating roof-rail airbagwill be blocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?Frontal airbags are designedto inflate in moderate to severefrontal or near frontal crashesto help reduce the potential forsevere injuries mainly to the driver'sor front outboard passenger'shead and chest. However, theyare only designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds a predetermineddeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict howsevere a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Page 87: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds dependingon whether the vehicle hits anobject straight on or at an angle,and whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Thresholds can also vary withspecific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasdual-stage frontal airbags.Dual-stage airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.The vehicle has electronic frontalsensors, that help the sensingsystem distinguish between amoderate frontal impact and a moresevere frontal impact. For moderatefrontal impacts, dual-stage airbagsinflate at a level less than fulldeployment. For more severe frontalimpacts, full deployment occurs.

The vehicle has seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbags.See Airbag System on page 3‑23.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are intended toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are intended toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbags willinflate if the crash severity is abovethe system's designed thresholdlevel. The threshold level canvary with specific vehicle design.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not intended to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-railairbags are not intended to inflate inrear impacts. A seat-mounted sideimpact airbag is intended to deployon the side of the vehicle that is

struck. Both roof-rail airbags willdeploy when either side of thevehicle is struck, or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over, or in a severefrontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag location, see Where Arethe Airbags? on page 3‑25.

Page 88: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-28 Seats and Restraints

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel.In moderate to severe sidecollisions, even belted occupantscan contact the inside of thevehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of theimpact more evenly overthe occupant's body.

Rollover capable roof‐rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants inthe outboard seating positionsin the first and second rows.The rollover capable roof‐railairbags are designed to helpreduce the risk of full or partialejection in rollover events, althoughno system can prevent all suchejections.

But airbags would not help inmany types of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? onpage 3‑26 for more information.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location ofthe airbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3‑25.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing outof the windshield or being able tosteer the vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

Page 89: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (29,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-29

{ WARNING

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soonas it is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shut

off the fuel system after the airbagsinflate. You can lock the doors,turn off the interior lamps, and turnoff the hazard warning flashersby using the controls for thosefeatures.

{ WARNING

A crash severe enough toinflate the airbags may havealso damaged important functionsin the vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need somenew parts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

Page 90: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (30,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-30 Seats and Restraints

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13‑21 and Event DataRecorders on page 13‑21.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position.The passenger airbag statusindicator will light on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, are visibleduring the system check. If you useremote start, if equipped, to start thevehicle, you may not see the systemcheck. When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator on page 5‑17.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andseat-mounted side impact airbagunder certain conditions. No otherairbag is affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand seat‐mounted side impactairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Page 91: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (31,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-31

We recommend that childrenbe secured in a rear seat, including:an infant or a child riding in arear-facing child restraint; a childriding in a forward-facing child seat;an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who are largeenough, using safety belts.

Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front. This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s),no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag willnot inflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even ifthe airbag(s) are off. If you securea forward-facing child restraintin the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing systemis designed to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andseat‐mounted side impact airbag if:. The front outboard passenger

seat is unoccupied.. The system determines that an

infant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

. The system determines thata small child is present in abooster seat.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. The front outboard passengerseat is occupied by a smallerperson, such as a child whohas outgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problemwith the airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

Page 92: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (32,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-32 Seats and Restraints

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand seat‐mounted side impactairbag, the off indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are off. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator onpage 5‑17.

The passenger sensing systemis designed to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand seat‐mounted side impactairbag anytime the system sensesthat a person of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and seat-mountedside impact airbag, dependingupon the person’s seating postureand body build. Everyone in thevehicle who has outgrown childrestraints should wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑16 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer to“Securing a Child Restraint inthe Right Front Seat Position”under Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) on page 3‑54 orSecuring Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) on page 3‑56.

Page 93: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (33,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-33

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator isstill lit, turn the vehicle off.Then slightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3‑2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

If the on indicator is still lit,secure the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle,and check with your dealer.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult-size is sittingin the front outboard passengerseat, but the off indicator is lit,it could be because that personis not sitting properly in the seat.

Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and seat-mountedside impact airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

Page 94: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (34,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on theseat during vehicle maneuversand braking, which helps thepassenger sensing system maintainthe passenger airbag status.See “Safety Belts” and “ChildRestraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment suchas seat covers, seat heaters, andseat massagers can affect howwell the passenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend thatyou not use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑35 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

{ WARNING

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There areparts of the airbag system inseveral places around the vehicle.Your dealer and the service manualhave information about servicingthe vehicle and the airbag system.To purchase a service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑18.

{ WARNING

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Page 95: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (35,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that changethe vehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,safety belts, airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, roof-rail airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,rollover sensor module, airbagwiring, or cargo restraint systemand convenience net.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system thatincludes sensors as part of thefront outboard passenger seat.The passenger sensing systemmay not operate properly if theoriginal seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery, or trim;or with GM covers, upholstery,or trim designed for a differentvehicle. Any object, such as anaftermarket seat heater or acomfort-enhancing pad or device,installed under or on top of the seatfabric, could also interfere with theoperation of the passenger sensingsystem. This could either preventproper deployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System onpage 3‑30.

If the vehicle has rollover roof‐railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels on page 10‑67 foradditional important information.

If your vehicle needs to be modifiedbecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5or Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Page 96: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (36,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenanceor replacement. Make sure theairbag readiness light is working.See Airbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑16.

Notice: If an airbag covering isdamaged, opened, or broken,the airbag may not work properly.Do not open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbag covers,have the airbag covering and/orairbag module replaced.For the location of the airbags,see Where Are the Airbags? onpage 3‑25. See your dealer forservice.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theairbag systems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag systemmay not work properly andmay not protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death.To help make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soonas possible.

If an airbag inflates, you will needto replace airbag system parts.See your dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly.Have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness Lighton page 5‑16.

Page 97: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (37,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer's instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑17 for more information.If the shoulder belt still does notrest on the shoulder, then returnto the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length ofthe trip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the faceor neck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Page 98: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (38,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑17.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ WARNING

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt.The safety belt cannot properlyspread the impact forces. In acrash, they can be crushedtogether and seriously injured.A safety belt must be used byonly one person at a time.

{ WARNING

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly.In a crash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chanceof head and neck injury.

(Continued)

Page 99: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (39,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-39

WARNING (Continued)

The child might also slideunder the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied righton the abdomen. That couldcause serious or fatal injuries.The shoulder belt should go overthe shoulder and across thechest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infantsand all other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder beltis wrapped around their neckand the safety belt continuesto tighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle andnever allow children to playwith the safety belts.

Airbags plus lap‐shoulder beltsoffer protection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young childrenand infants. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them. Everytime infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

Page 100: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (40,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-40 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat. Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. It is alsobetter to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in a rear seat.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go.

Page 101: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (41,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in fourbasic types. Selection of aparticular restraint should takeinto consideration not only thechild's weight, height, and agebut also whether or not therestraint will be compatiblewith the motor vehicle inwhich it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available.When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designedto be used in a motor vehicle.If it is, the restraint will have alabel saying that it meets federalmotor vehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash,infants need complete support.In a crash, if an infant is in arear-facing child restraint, thecrash forces can be distributedacross the strongest part ofan infant's body, the back andshoulders. Infants should alwaysbe secured in rear-facing childrestraints.

{ WARNING

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain lowon the hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries duringa crash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Page 102: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (42,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

(A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat (A)provides restraint with the seatingsurface against the back of theinfant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat (B)provides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

(C) Booster Seats

A booster seat (C) is a childrestraint designed to improve the fitof the vehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Page 103: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (43,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly securedin the vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, orby the LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑45.

Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructionsare important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraintin the vehicle — even when nochild is in it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints.

In the U.S., refer to theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) websiteto locate the nearest child safetyseat inspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childis not properly secured in thechild restraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Page 104: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (44,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are saferwhen properly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

We recommend that children andchild restraints be secured in a rearseat, including: an infant or a childriding in a rear-facing child restraint;a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat; an older child riding in abooster seat; and children, who arelarge enough, using safety belts.

A label on your sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the rightfront passenger airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag,no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag willnot deploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑30 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint ina rear seating position, study theinstructions that came with yourchild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the vehicle does not have arear seat that will accommodatea rear-facing child restraint, werecommend that rear-facing childrestraints not be transported in thevehicle, even if the airbag is off.

Page 105: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (45,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you placethe child restraint and the size ofthe child restraint, you may notbe able to access adjacent safetybelt assemblies or LATCH anchorsfor additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access toor interferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever you install a childrestraint, be sure to secure thechild restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move aroundin a collision or sudden stop andinjure people in the vehicle. Be sureto properly secure any child restraintin your vehicle — even when nochild is in it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system holds a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.This system is designed to makeinstallation of a child restraint easier.The LATCH system uses anchors inthe vehicle and attachments on thechild restraint that are made for usewith the LATCH system.

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use thevehicle's safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraintwith a top tether, you must alsouse either the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

In order to use the LATCHsystem in your vehicle, you needa child restraint that has LATCHattachments. The child restraintmanufacturer will provide you withinstructions on how to use thechild restraint and its attachments.The following explains how toattach a child restraint with theseattachments in your vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Page 106: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (46,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (A) are metalbars built into the vehicle.There are two lower anchors foreach LATCH seating position thatwill accommodate a child restraintwith lower attachments (B).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (A, C) anchors thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment (B) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchorin the vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during drivingor in a crash.

Your child restraint may havea single tether (A) or a dualtether (C). Either will have a singleattachment (B) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that havea top tether are designed for usewith or without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached.In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tetherbe attached. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for yourchild restraint.

Page 107: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (47,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist you in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist you in locating the toptether anchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is located on the cover.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for each rearseating position are located underthe covers, on the back of the rearseatback. Be sure to use an anchorlocated on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Page 108: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (48,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3‑44 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ WARNING

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injuredor killed. Install a LATCH-typechild restraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ WARNING

Do not attach more than onechild restraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.

Page 109: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (49,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-49

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraintso children cannot reach them.Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rearseat with a safety belt buckled.This could damage the safety beltor the seat. Unbuckle and returnthe safety belt to its stowedposition, before folding the seat.

Make sure to attach the childrestraint at the proper anchorlocation.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, donot use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachmentsto secure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten thelower attachments to thelower anchors. If the childrestraint does not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For the outboard rearseating positions, if thehead restraint interfereswith the proper installationof the child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at theend of this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer tothe child restraint instructionsand the following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchorand open its cover toexpose the anchor.

Page 110: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (50,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-50 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

. If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the dual tether aroundthe head restraint.

. If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position and thehead restraint has beenremoved, route the dualtether over the seatback.

. If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,route the single tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

Page 111: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (51,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-51

. If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position and thehead restraint has beenremoved, route the singletether over the seatback.

. If you are using a dualtether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest downto its stowed position androute the dual tether overthe headrest.

. If you are using a singletether in the rear centerseating position, lower theadjustable headrest downto its stowed position androute the single tether overthe headrest.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sureit is securely held in place.To check, grasp the childrestraint at the LATCH pathand attempt to move itside‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth.There should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement forproper installation.

Page 112: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (52,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interferewith the proper installation of thechild restraint. The headrest in therear center seating position is notremovable and should be loweredto the stowed position for childrestraint installation.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats onpage 3‑11 for additionalinformation.

2. Press both buttons on thehead restraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thecargo area of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that arenot installed and adjustedproperly, there is a greaterchance that occupants will suffera neck/spinal injury in a crash.Do not drive until the headrestraints for all occupants areinstalled and adjusted properly.

Page 113: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (53,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-53

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches (A) onthe posts must face the driverside of the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints onpage 3‑2.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theLATCH system in the vehicle.A damaged LATCH system maynot properly secure the childrestraint, resulting in seriousinjury or even death in a crash.To help make sure the LATCHsystem is working properly aftera crash, see your dealer to havethe system inspected and anynecessary replacements madeas soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used atthe time of the crash.

Page 114: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (54,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint ina rear seating position, study theinstructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑45 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraintis secured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑45 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to securethe child restraint in this position.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.Secure the child in the child restraintwhen and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint on page 3‑44.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installationof the child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed.See “Head Restraint Removaland Reinstallation” underLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3‑45.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

Page 115: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (55,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-55

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint,it may be helpful to use yourknee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out ofthe retractor to make surethe retractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

Page 116: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (56,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-56 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑45 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safetybelt and let it return to thestowed position. If the top tetheris attached to a top tether anchor,disconnect it. If the head restraintwas removed, reinstall it beforethe seating position is used.See “Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑45 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to securea forward-facing child restraint.See Where to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑44.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system whichis designed to turn off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑30 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5‑17 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Page 117: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (57,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-57

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the rightfront passenger airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag,no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag willnot deploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑30 for additionalinformation.

If the vehicle does not have arear seat that will accommodatea rear‐facing child restraint, arear‐facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑45 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraintis secured using a safety belt andit uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑45for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

Page 118: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (58,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-58 Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back asit will go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbagand seat‐mounted side impactairbag, the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑17.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

Page 119: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (59,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Seats and Restraints 3-59

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint,it may be helpful to use yourknee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked,repeat Steps 5 and 6.

If the vehicle does not havea rear seat and the childrestraint has a top tether,follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑45 formore information.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the on indicator is lit,see “If the On Indicator is Lit for aChild Restraint” under PassengerSensing System on page 3‑30 formore information.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

Page 120: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (60,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Page 121: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsGlove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

StorageCompartments

Glove BoxLift the glove box handle up to openit. Use the key to lock and unlockthe glove box.

The glove box is air conditionedand can be used to store items at alower temperature. The vehicle airconditioning must be turned on forthe maximum cool air to enter theglove box. Move the slide control to

allow cool air into the glove box.After opening the air flow, close theglove box door to keep the cold airfrom entering the vehicle.

Cupholders

This vehicle has a cupholderequipped with a divider that canbe adjusted to accommodate largecontainers or small containers.

For large containers, push thebutton to move aside the dividerand make the cupholder deeper.

Page 122: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-2 Storage

For small containers, push downon the top edge of the divider tolock it back in place and make thecupholder shorter.

Front Storage

A storage area is located in frontof the shift lever. Push upward onthe top of the door and release;the door automatically opens.

There is an accessory power outletinside. See Power Outlets onpage 5‑9.

Armrest StorageFor vehicles with a rear seatarmrest, pull the rear seat armrestforward to access cupholders withremovable liners. For vehicles witha rear storage area, pull the leverto access.

Center Console StorageThe center console has an armrest,upper storage tray, and a lowerstorage area.

The armrest can be adjusted toa rearward, middle, and forwardposition. Slide the top of the armrestto adjust to the desired position.

To access the storage, move thearmrest to the full rearward positionto access the storage compartmentbuttons.

Push the driver side button toaccess the upper storage tray.Push the passenger side buttonto access the lower storage area.

There is an accessory poweroutlet inside the center console.See Power Outlets on page 5‑9for more information.

Push the button to open the storagearea located at the rear of thecenter console.

Page 123: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-3

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverFor vehicles with the dual positioncargo cover, it can be used to coveritems in the cargo area of thevehicle.

The shade can be set in twopositions. It can be set in a halfwayopen (A) position for loading objectsinto the rear compartment, or thelower (B) position to conceal objectsin the rear compartment.

Install the Cargo Cover

1. Hold the cartridge so that thepull-out shade faces the rear ofthe vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over the pinson the trim panels of the vehicle.

3. Push down on the cartridge tosnap it into place.

4. Unroll the shade toward the rearof the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in thechannels (C) on both sides.

6. Slide the shade to the lower (B)position, or the halfway open (A)position.

Page 124: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-4 Storage

Remove the Cargo Cover

1. Remove the cover from thechannels and carefully roll itback up.

2. Slide the button on the top torelease the cartridge.

3. Pull up to remove the cartridgefrom the pins.

{ WARNING

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stopor turn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or removeit from the vehicle.

Cargo Tie-DownsFor vehicles equipped with cargotie‐downs, the four tie-downs arelocated in the rear compartment ofthe vehicle. Use the tie-downs tosecure small loads.

Cargo ManagementSystem

To open the cargo managementsystem, press the rear of the handleto unlatch it and then lift thehandle up.

Page 125: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-5

A prop rod locks to hold the coverup when opened.

Four hooks are located on theinside cover and can be used forstoring items.

There may be additional storagecompartments on each side ofthe cargo management system.Lift the panel up to open.

Press the red button on the prop rodto close the cover.

Rear Storage Area

{ WARNING

An improperly latched and closedcargo cover, or cargo cover leftin the open position, could bethrown about the vehicle duringa crash or sudden maneuver.Someone could be injured.Be sure to return the cover to theclosed position and latch beforedriving. If the cover is removed,always store it outside of thevehicle. When it is replaced,always be sure that it is securelyreattached.

To access the rear storage areas ofthe cargo management system, andthe tire sealant and compressor kit:

1. Remove the cargo cover,if equipped.

2. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.

Page 126: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-6 Storage

3. Release the prop rod from theinside cover by sliding the redclip down.

Unhook the prop rod from thepin on the inside cover. Store theunhooked prop rod by folding itinto the cargo managementcompartment.

4. Store the cargo managementsystem cover by hooking it ontothe weatherstrip.

U-Rail

For vehicles with a u-rail system,the fence can be moved to differentpositions on the u-rail track tosecure cargo.

Page 127: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-7

Push both adapter buttons to movethe adapters (B) on the straight partof the u-rail.

To move the fence around the u-rail,disconnect one side:

1. Unlock by turning the latch (A)to align K with the arrow on theadapter (B).

2. Push the adapter button to movethe adapters (B) to the desiredposition.

3. Reinstall the fence and lockboth latches (A) by turning toalign Q with the arrow on theadapter (B).

Use the fence to secure items inplace.

Removing the Fence

Unlock by turning both latches (A)to align K with the arrow on theadapter (B). Lift and remove thefence.

Installing the Fence

Insert the fence into the adaptersand lock both latches (A) by turningto align Q with the arrow on theadapter (B).

Storing the Fence

1. Lift the cargo managementsystem cover.

2. Release the cover from the proprod as described in the previoussteps.

Page 128: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-8 Storage

3. Insert the top of the fence intothe lower two clips (A).

4. Turn the bottom of the fence upand insert it into the upper twoclips (B).

D-Ring Sliders

For vehicles with a D-ring system,there are four D-ring sliders thatmove along rails. These can beused as tie-downs when storingcargo.

Insert the D-ring sliders (A) into thechannel (B) located in the middle ofthe rail. Push the button to move theD-ring slider along the rail.

The loop of the D-ring slider mustbe facing inward toward the storagearea and the ring must be in the upposition for proper usage.

Page 129: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-9

Cargo Net

{ WARNING

Do not stack items higher thanthe upper end of the cargo netor hang anything from the net.Avoid items that have sharpedges or that apply excessiveforce to the net. If items are notproperly stored, damage to thenet could occur and items can bethrown about the vehicle. You orothers could be injured. Alwaysstore items behind the net.

For vehicles equipped with a cargonet, it can be used to store lightloads, keeping them from fallingover or being thrown into the cabinduring heavy braking.

The net should not be overloaded orused to store heavy loads.

There are four openings in theheadliner: two located behind thefront seats and two behind the rearseats.

1. Insert the top corners of thecargo net into the large openingin the headliner and secureby sliding them into the smallopening.

2. The rear seatbacks shouldbe folded down when the netis installed in the headlineropening located behind thefront seats.

3. Mount the cargo net to the rearseat tethers located on the backof the folded down rear seatsand pull on the straps to tightenthe net.

4. When the net is installed inthe headliner opening locatedbehind the rear seats, the rearseatbacks should be upright.

Page 130: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-10 Storage

5. Mount the cargo net to the cargotie-downs located on the lowerside panels.

6. Pull on the straps to tightenthe net.

Cargo Net Storage

The cargo net can be removed fromthe vehicle and stored in the cargomanagement system.

1. Disconnect the net from the roofopenings and the tethers.

2. Press the red button on thecenter of the net to fold it in half.

3. Roll up the cargo net, storing itinto the attached vinyl bag.

4. Open the cargo managementsystem cover.

5. For vehicles with an inflatorkit, store the cargo net in theavailable space next to the kit.

Convenience NetThis vehicle may have aconvenience net located in the rearof the vehicle. Attach it to the cargotie‐downs for storing small loads.

Do not use the net to store heavyloads.

Page 131: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Storage 4-11

Roof Rack System

{ WARNING

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, therack can be used to load items.For roof racks that do not havecrossrails included, GM Certifiedcrossrails can be purchased as anaccessory. See your dealer foradditional information.

Notice: Loading cargo on theroof rack that weighs more than100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over therear or sides of the vehicle maydamage the vehicle. Load cargoonto the roof rack so that it restsevenly between the siderails,making sure to fasten cargosecurely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securely

fastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle. For more information onvehicle capacity and loading, seeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.

Page 132: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

4-12 Storage

2 NOTES

Page 133: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-3Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Clock (Analog Clock) . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Clock (Digital Clock) . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Fuel Economy Gauge . . . . . . . . 5-13Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-15Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-16Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-18MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-23Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-24

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-26Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-26Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-27Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-27Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-33Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-33Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-34Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-35Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-35Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-35Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-37Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . 5-38

Page 134: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Anti-theft Alarm SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-38Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-39Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-40Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-40

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-40

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-46Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

Use these controls, if equipped, tomake audio adjustments at thesteering wheel.

y orz : Pressy to select thenext favorite radio station or nextCD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track.

Pressz to select the previousfavorite radio station or previousCD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track.

Page 135: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-3

+ x − (Volume): Press + toincrease the volume; press − todecrease the volume.

b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicleswith an OnStar®, Bluetooth®,or navigation system, pressto interact with those systems.See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)on page 7‑55 or Bluetooth(Overview) on page 7‑49 orBluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) onpage 7‑62 or Bluetooth(Infotainment Controls) onpage 7‑51, OnStar Overview onpage 14‑1, or the separatenavigation manual for moreinformation.

0 /c (End Call/Mute): Pressto silence the vehicle speakersonly. Press again to turn the soundon. For vehicles with OnStar orBluetooth systems, press toreject an incoming call, or enda current call.

SRCE: Press to select an audiosource. For vehicles with a heatedsteering wheel, use the infotainmentbuttons to select an audio source.See Heated Steering Wheel onpage 5‑3 or Overview (Radio withCD) on page 7‑3 or Overview(Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) onpage 7‑5 for more information.

Heated Steering Wheel

For vehicles with a heated steeringwheel, the button for this feature islocated on the steering wheel.

( (Heated Steering Wheel): Pressto turn the heated steering wheel onor off. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Page 136: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washerlever is located on the right sideof the steering column. With theignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN/START, move thewindshield wiper lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes. If thevehicle has Rainsense™, see thefollowing Rainsense information.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

8 (Mist): For a single wipe,briefly move the wiper lever down.For several wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosenor thaw them. Damaged bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement on page 10‑27.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wipe Parking

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFmode while the wipers are on 1, 2,or INT, they will immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to off before the driver dooris opened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

Page 137: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-5

If the ignition is changed toSTOPPING THE ENGINE/OFFwhile the wipers are performingwipes due to windshield washing,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense™

For vehicles with Rainsense,a sensor located near the topcenter of the windshield detects theamount of water on the windshieldand automatically controls thefrequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.. Turn the band up for more

sensitivity to moisture.. Turn the band down for less

sensitivity to moisture.. Move the windshield wiper

lever out of the INT positionto deactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers and/orrear wiper.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base ofthe windshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Page 138: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate thewipers. The wipers will continueuntil the lever is released or themaximum wash time is reached.When the windshield wiper leveris released, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑21 for information onfilling the windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ WARNING

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshieldis warmed. Otherwise thewasher fluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Rear WindowWiper/WasherThe rear wiper controls are on theend of the windshield wiper lever.

ON: Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF: The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes):Press the lower portion of the buttonto set a delay between wipes.

= (Rear Washer): Push thewindshield wiper lever forwardto spray washer fluid on the rearwindow. The lever automaticallyreturns to its original position whenreleased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift leveris in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift leveris in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

The windshield washer reservoiris used for the windshield and therear window. Check the fluid levelin the reservoir if either washer isnot working. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑21.

Page 139: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Headlamp WasherFor vehicles with headlampwashers, they are located tothe side of the headlamps.

The headlamps must be on inorder to use the headlamp washers.If the headlamps are not on, onlythe windshield will be washed.

Pull the wiper lever towardyou and hold briefly to activate.The headlamp washers will sprayonce, pause, and spray again.The headlamp washer will sprayagain after five windshield washcycles.

See Washer Fluid on page 10‑21 forinformation on filling the windshieldwasher fluid.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other information

from the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,and vehicle speed information.

Avoid covering the GPS antennafor long periods of time withobjects that may interfere withthe antenna's ability to receive asatellite signal. See Multi-BandAntenna on page 7‑18 for thelocation of the vehicle's antenna.The compass system is designedto operate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages on page 5‑33 for moreinformation on the messages thatmay be displayed for the compass.

Clock (Analog Clock)The analog clock is located on theinstrument panel above the radio.The clock is not connected with anyother vehicle system and runs byitself. To adjust the clock:

1. Locate the adjustment buttonsdirectly below the clock face.

2. Push and hold either adjustmentbutton to advance or reverse theclock hands. Holding the buttonsdown will cause the clock toadvance faster. Release thebuttons before reaching thedesired time.

3. Push and release the buttons toincrease the time by one minuteincrements until the desired timeis reached.

Page 140: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Clock (Digital Clock)The infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See Operation on page 7‑7for information about how to use themenu system. See the separatenavigation manual for instructionson how to operate the digital clockfor the navigation system.

To turn the digital clock on or off:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Select Clock Displayed.

4. Press MENU/SELECT to turnthe clock on or off.

Setting the Time and Date

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Select Set Time or Set Date.

4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob toadjust the highlighted value.

5. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select the next value.

6. To save the time or date andreturn to the Time and DateSettings menu, press the BACK/ button at any time or pressthe MENU/SELECT knob afteradjusting the minutes or year.

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select the 12 hour or 24 hourdisplay format.

Setting the Month & DayFormat

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight Month & Day Format.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto select MM/DD (month/day) orDD/MM (day/month).

Setting the Auto Time Adjust

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Time and Date Settings.

3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust.

4. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto turn Auto Time Adjust onor off.

Page 141: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has four accessorypower outlets. The power outletslocated below the climate controlsystem inside the front storagebin, inside the center floor console,and on the rear of the center floorconsole are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

The power outlet located in the rearcargo area is powered at all times.

There is a small cap that must beremoved to access the accessorypower outlet. When not using theoutlet be sure to cover it with theprotective cap.

Notice: Leaving electricalequipment plugged in for anextended period of time whilethe vehicle is off will drain thebattery. Power is always suppliedto the rear cargo outlet. Alwaysunplug electrical equipment whennot in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 20 ampere rating.

Certain accessory power plugsmay not be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions includedwith the equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment on page 9‑61.

Notice: Hanging heavyequipment from the poweroutlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.The power outlets are designedfor accessory power plugs only,such as cell phone charge cords.

Cigarette LighterThere may be a cigarette lighterlocated under the climate controlsystem, inside the front storage bin.

To activate the cigarette lighter,push it into the heating element andlet go. The lighter pops out when itis ready to be used.

Notice: Holding a cigarette lighterin while it is heating does not letthe lighter back away from theheating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could beblown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

Page 142: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-10 Instruments and Controls

AshtraysThere may be an ashtray locatedunder the climate control system onthe instrument panel. Press the doorto release the ashtray.

To empty the ashtray, remove it fromthe instrument panel by holdingthe edges and pulling straight out.To reinstall, push the tray back intoplace.

There may also be ashtrays locatedon the center floor console behindthe shift lever and in the rear doors.

Notice: If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or othersmoking materials could ignitethem and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention tothe warning lights and gaugescould prevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.

Page 143: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Page 144: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-12 Instruments and Controls

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

This vehicle has a tamper-resistantodometer. If the vehicle needs anew odometer installed, the newone is set to the mileage of the oldodometer. If this is not possible, it isset at zero and a label is put on thedriver door to show the old mileagereading.

TachometerThe tachometer displays theengine speed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Notice: If the engine is operatedwith the tachometer in the shadedwarning area, the vehicle couldbe damaged, and the damageswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not operatethe engine with the tachometerin the shaded warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Metric

Page 145: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-13

English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehiclethe fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty,the low fuel light comes on. Therestill is a little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:. At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or lessfuel to fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Fuel Economy Gauge

Metric

Page 146: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-14 Instruments and Controls

English

The gauge shows the fuel usagethat the vehicle is currentlyachieving in MPG and in litersper 100 kilometers (l/100 km).

MIN/20: Is when the least efficientfuel economy usually occurs duringacceleration or when idling.

MAX/l/100 km: Is when the bestfuel economy is being achieved.

This gauge moves often as it is aninstantaneous calculation based oncurrent driving conditions.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric

English

This gauge measures thetemperature of the vehicle's engine.

If the indicator needle moves intothe shaded area, the engine istoo hot.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the shaded area, theengine is too hot. Pull off the road,stop the vehicle and turn off theengine as soon as possible.

Page 147: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentpanel cluster.

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime comes on toremind drivers to fasten their safetybelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled.

This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled during drivingwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is alreadybuckled, neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

When the vehicle is started this lightflashes and a chime may come onto remind the front passenger tofasten their safety belt. Then thelight stays on solid until the belt isbuckled.

This cycle may continue severaltimes if the passenger remainsor becomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime northe light comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime mayturn on if an object is put onthe seat such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device. To turnoff the reminder light and/or chime,remove the object from the seat orbuckle the safety belt.

Second Row Passenger BeltReminder Light

When the engine is started and theTrip/Fuel display is chosen, threegray safety belt symbols come onand stay on for several secondson the top of the Driver informationCenter (DIC) to remind passengersto fasten their safety belts.

Page 148: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If the Vehicle Information isselected, a full page screendisplays at start-up the threesafety belt symbols.

Once the passenger safety beltis buckled, the correspondingsafety belt symbol in the DIC turnsgreen. There are no seat positionsensors in the seat, nor a safety beltreminder sensor pad. If a safety beltis not initially buckled, the clustercontinues to show the gray safetybelt icon.

While the vehicle is moving, if asecond row passenger who waspreviously buckled becomesunbuckled, a full screen warningdisplays with the correspondingsafety belt indicator flashing red.A chime may sound.

Acknowledge warning messages bypressing any of the DIC buttons.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag Systemon page 3‑23.

The airbag readiness light comeson for several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have the vehiclefixed immediately.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Page 149: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑30for important safety information.The overhead console has apassenger airbag status indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbol

for on and off, for several secondsas a system check. If you are usingremote start, if equipped, to start thevehicle from a distance you may notsee the system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the right frontpassenger frontal and seat‐mountedside impact airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the rightfront passenger frontal airbag andseat‐mounted side impact airbagare enabled (may inflate).

If the word OFF or the off symbolis lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the right front passengerfrontal and seat‐mounted sideimpact airbag.

If, after several seconds, bothstatus indicator lights remain on,or if there are no lights at all, theremay be a problem with the lightsor the passenger sensing system.See your dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑16 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Page 150: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comeson while driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light ison could drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5‑32.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors the operationof the vehicle to ensure emissionsare at acceptable levels, to producea cleaner environment. This lightcomes on when the vehicle isplaced in Service Only Mode,as a check to show it is working.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. See IgnitionPositions on page 9‑17.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on and stays on while theengine is running, this indicatesthat there is an OBD II problemand service is required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system assiststhe service technician in correctlydiagnosing any malfunction.

Page 151: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with thislight on, the emission controlsmight not work as well, thevehicle fuel economy might notbe as good, and the engine mightnot run as smoothly. This couldlead to costly repairs that mightnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Notice: Modifications made to theengine, transmission, exhaust,intake, or fuel system of thevehicle or the replacementof the original tires with otherthan those of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) canaffect the vehicle's emissioncontrols and can cause thislight to come on. Modificationsto these systems could leadto costly repairs not coveredby the vehicle warranty.This could also result in a failureto pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test.See Accessories andModifications on page 10‑4.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

To prevent more serious damage tothe vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.. If towing a trailer, reduce the

amount of cargo being hauledas soon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, stopand park the vehicle. Turn thevehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds,and restart the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previoussteps and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemission system malfunction:. Check that the fuel cap is fully

installed. See Filling the Tank onpage 9‑50. The diagnosticsystem can determine if thefuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. A loose ormissing fuel cap allows fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with the capproperly installed should turnthe light off.

Page 152: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-20 Instruments and Controls

. Check that good quality fuelis used. Poor fuel qualitycauses the engine not to runas efficiently as designed andmay cause stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration,or stumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.

If one or more of these conditionsoccurs, change the fuel brand used.It will require at least one full tank ofthe proper fuel to turn the light off.

See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑46.

If none of the above have madethe light turn off, your dealer cancheck the vehicle. The dealerhas the proper test equipmentand diagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Some local governments mayhave programs to inspect theon-vehicle emission controlequipment. For the inspection,the emission system test equipmentis connected to the vehicle’s DataLink Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel on the outboard side of thesteering wheel. See your dealer ifassistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on with the engine running, or ifthe vehicle is placed in ServiceOnly Mode and the malfunction

indicator lamp does notcome on. See your dealer forassistance in verifying properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp.

. The OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics) system determinesthat critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed.The vehicle would be considerednot ready for inspection.This can happen if the12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down.The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate criticalemission control systems duringnormal driving. This can takeseveral days of routine driving.If this has been done and thevehicle still does not pass theinspection for lack of OBD IIsystem readiness, your dealercan prepare the vehicle forinspection.

Page 153: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake systemconsists of two hydraulic circuits.If one circuit is not working, theremaining circuit can still work tostop the vehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

The brake indicator light shouldcome on briefly as the engine isstarted. If it does not come on havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.

{ WARNING

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

If the light comes on while driving,a chime sounds. Pull off theroad and stop. The pedal mightbe harder to push or go closerto the floor. It might also takelonger to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing theVehicle on page 10‑93.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

For vehicles with the ElectricParking Brake (EPB), this lightshould come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

The parking brake status lightcomes on when the brake isapplied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brakeis released, or while driving,there is a problem with theElectric Parking Brake system.A SERVICE PARKING BRAKEmessage may also display in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Brake System Messages onpage 5‑33 for more information.

Page 154: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

For vehicles with the EPB, theparking brake warning light shouldcome on briefly when the engine isstarted. If it does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light comes on, there isa problem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ParkingBrake on page 9‑30 for moreinformation.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

For vehicles with the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), this light comes onbriefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, haveit fixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light comes on and stayson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.

Start the engine again to reset thesystem. If the light stays on afterdriving at a speed above 20 km/h(13 mph), see your dealer forservice. A chime may also soundwhen the light comes on steady.

If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warninglight is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there isa problem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light onpage 5‑21.

See Brake System Messages onpage 5‑33 for all brake‐related DICmessages.

Page 155: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-23

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressingand releasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑34.

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off bypressing the StabiliTrak/TCS button.If the Traction Control System (TCS)is off, wheel spin is not limited.

When the StabiliTrak system isoff, the system does not assistin controlling the vehicle. Adjustdriving accordingly.

The warning light goes off whentraction control and the StabiliTraksystem are enabled.

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑34 for moreinformation.

Page 156: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

The StabiliTrak or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.

See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑34 and Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on page 9‑32.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engineis started. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or moreof the tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages onpage 5‑38. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires tothe pressure value shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Tire Pressure on page 10‑56.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about aminute and then stays on, theremay be a problem with the TPMS.If the problem is not corrected, thelight will come on at every ignitioncycle. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑59.

Page 157: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Engine Oil Pressure LightNotice: Lack of proper engineoil maintenance can damagethe engine. Driving with theengine oil low can also damagethe engine. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Check the oil level assoon as possible. Add oil ifrequired, but if the oil level iswithin the operating range andthe oil pressure is still low, havethe vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stayson, it means that oil is not flowingthrough the engine properly.The vehicle could be low on oiland might have some othersystem problem. See your dealer.

Fuel Economy Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

For vehicles with the fuel economymode light, it comes on when theeco (economy) button, locatednext to the shift lever, is pressed.Press the button again to turn offthe light and exit the fuel economymode. See Driving for Better FuelEconomy on page 1‑24 and FuelEconomy Mode on page 9‑28 formore information.

Page 158: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is located near the fuelgauge and comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on as a checkto show it is working.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2‑20.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6‑2 for moreinformation.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

Page 159: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-27

This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with theAdaptive Forward Lighting systemand flashes when the system isswitching between lighting modes.See Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) on page 6‑3.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FrontFog Lamps on page 6‑6 for moreinformation.

Lamps On Reminder

For vehicles with the lamps onreminder light, it comes on whenthe lights are in use.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhenever the cruise control is set,and turns green when the cruisecontrol is active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl on page 9‑36.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays informationabout the vehicle. It also displayswarning messages if a systemproblem is detected. See VehicleMessages on page 5‑32 for moreinformation. All messages appearin the DIC display located in thecenter of the instrument panelcluster.

The vehicle may also have featuresthat can be customized through thecontrols on the radio. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40 formore information.

The DIC may display an indicatorwhen the Rainsense wipers areactive.

Page 160: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-28 Instruments and Controls

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by usingthe DIC buttons on the turn signallever located on the left side of thesteering wheel. The DIC displaystrip, fuel, vehicle system information,and warning messages if a systemproblem is detected.

The bottom of the DIC displayshows what position the shiftlever is in and the odometer.The direction the vehicle is drivingwill be shown on the top of thedisplay.

DIC Buttons

A. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use thisbutton to set or clear the menuitem when it is displayed.

B. wx (Thumbwheel): Usethe thumbwheel to scrollthrough the items in each menu.A small marker will move upor down the side of the displayas you scroll through the items.This shows where each item isin the menu.

C. MENU: Press this button to getto the Trip/Fuel InformationMenu and the VehicleInformation Menu.

Trip/Fuel Information MenuItems

Press the MENU button on theturn signal lever until Trip/FuelInformation Menu is displayed.Use the thumbwheel to scrollthrough the following possiblemenu items:. Trip. Average Fuel Economy or

Average Fuel Economy andInstantaneous Fuel Economy

. Fuel Range

. Fuel Used

. Average Vehicle Speed

. Timer

. Distance to Destination

. Navigation Turn by Turn

. Speed and Curve Assist

. Digital Speedometer

. Blank

Page 161: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (29,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Trip

The Trip display shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing the trip reset stemor the SET/CLR button while the tripodometer display is showing.

Average Fuel Economy orAverage Fuel Economy andInstantaneous Fuel Economy

The Average Fuel Economydisplay shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the numberof L/100 km (mpg) recorded sincethe last time this menu item wasreset. The Average Fuel Economycan be reset by pressing SET/CLRwhile the Average Fuel Economydisplay is showing.

The Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in either liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This numberreflects only the fuel economythat the vehicle has right nowand changes frequently as drivingconditions change. Unlike averageeconomy, this display cannot bereset.

Fuel Range

The Fuel Range display shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Fuel Used

The Fuel Used display showsthe approximate liters (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel that havebeen used since last reset.The fuel used can be reset bypressing the SET/CLR buttonwhile the Fuel Used display isshowing.

Average Vehicle Speed

The Average Vehicle Speeddisplay shows the average speedof the vehicle in kilometers perhour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).This average is calculated based onthe various vehicle speeds recordedsince the last reset of this value.The average speed can be resetby pressing the SET/CLR buttonwhile the Average Vehicle Speeddisplay is showing.

Page 162: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (30,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Timer

This display can be used as atimer. To start the timer, pressSET/CLR while Timer is displayed.The display will show the amountof time that has passed since thetimer was last reset. To stop thetimer, press SET/CLR briefly whileElapsed Time is displayed. To resetthe timer to zero, press and holdSET/CLR.

Distance to Destination

This display will show the vehicledistance with estimated time ofarrival to destination. The valuecan be cleared or reset by pressingthe SET/CLR button. Move thethumbwheel up or down to increaseor decrease the destination distancevalue. Once the distance value isset, press SET/CLR to confirm thevalue.

Turn-by-Turn

This display is used for the OnStaror Navigation System Turn-by-Turnguidance. See OnStar Overview onpage 14‑1 or the navigation manual,if the vehicle has navigation, formore information.

Speed and Curve Assist

This display will show the speedlimit or the advised speed asdetermined by the informationprovided by the navigation system.The map database loaded in thenavigation system may need tobe updated periodically to displayaccurate information. See “Maps”in the navigation manual forinformation on updating the mapdatabase.

Digital Speedometer

The speedometer shows howfast the vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

Vehicle Information MenuItems

Press the MENU button on theturn signal lever until VehicleInformation Menu is displayed.Use the thumbwheel to scrollthrough the following possiblemenu items:. Unit. Speed Warning. Battery Voltage. Remaining Oil Life. Tire Pressure. Blank

Page 163: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (31,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Unit

Move the thumbwheel up ordown to switch between metricor English when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DICto either metric or Englishmeasurements.

Speed Warning

Speed Warning allows the driverto set a speed that they do notwant to exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SET/CLR whenSpeed Warning is displayed. Afterselecting ON, use the thumbwheelto increase or decrease the desiredspeed limit. The value can be setfrom 0-250 km/h (0-160 mph). PressSET/CLR to confirm. If the selectedspeed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed with a chime.

Battery Voltage

This display, available on somevehicles, shows the current batteryvoltage. If the voltage is in thenormal range, the value will display.For example, the display may readBATTERY VOLTAGE 15.0 VOLTS.The vehicle's charging systemregulates voltage based on thestate of the battery. The batteryvoltage can fluctuate while viewingthis information on the DIC. This isnormal. See Charging System Lighton page 5‑18 for more information.If there is a problem with the batterycharging system, the DIC willdisplay a message. See BatteryVoltage and Charging Messages onpage 5‑32.

Remaining Oil Life

This display shows an estimateof the oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life islow, the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message will appear on thedisplay. See Engine Oil Messageson page 5‑35. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4 for more information.

Remember, the Oil Life displaymust be reset after each oil change.It will not reset itself. Also, becareful not to reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press the SET/CLR button whilethe Oil Life display is active.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10.

Page 164: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (32,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehiclewith the approximate pressuresof all four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10‑58 and Tire PressureMonitor Operation on page 10‑59for more information.

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

Compass

The vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Compass onpage 5‑7.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicleor some action that may be neededto correct a condition. Multiplemessages may display one afterthe other.

The messages that do notrequire immediate action canbe acknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR. The messagesthat require immediate action cannotbe cleared until that action isperformed. All messages shouldbe taken seriously and clearingthe messages does not correctthe problem.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays whenthe vehicle has detected that thebattery voltage is dropping beyonda reasonable point. The batterysaver system starts reducing certainfeatures of the vehicle that you maybe able to notice. At the point thatfeatures are disabled, this messageis displayed. It means that thevehicle is trying to save the chargein the battery. Turn off unnecessaryaccessories to allow the battery torecharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Batteryon page 10‑24.

Page 165: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (33,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-33

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicleto your dealer for service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid on page 10‑23.

BRAKES OVERHEATED

This message is displayed when thebrakes are becoming overheated.You may see this when driving onhills. Shift to a lower gear.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Parking Brakeon page 9‑30 for more information.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. Releaseit before you attempt to drive.See Parking Brake on page 9‑30for more information.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem withthe brake boost assist system.When this message is displayed,the brake boost assist motormight be heard operating and youmight notice pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal under theseconditions. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Compass Messages

CAL

This message is displayed whenthe compass needs to be calibrated.See Compass on page 5‑7.

– – –

Three dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See yourdealer for service.

Cruise Control Messages

APPLY BRAKE BEFORECRUISE

If this message displays whenattempting to activate cruise control,apply the brake pedal and try again.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl on page 9‑36 for moreinformation.

Page 166: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (34,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showingwhich door is open. If the vehiclehas been shifted out of P (Park),a DOOR OPEN message will alsobe displayed. Close the doorcompletely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the liftgate is open.Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays whenthe engine coolant becomeshotter than the normal operatingtemperature. To avoid added strainon a hot engine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turnsback on. You can continue todrive the vehicle.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADDCOOLANT

This message will display if thecoolant is low. See Engine Coolanton page 10‑15.

ENGINE OVERHEATED— IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED—STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANTTEMPERATURE

This message displays if the coolanttemperature is hot. See EngineOverheating on page 10‑18.

Page 167: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (35,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil,be sure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5‑27,Engine Oil on page 10‑8 andMaintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

This message displays when theengine oil level is too low. Checkthe oil level. See Engine Oil onpage 10‑8.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soonas possible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but thereis no reduction in performance,proceed to your destination.The performance may be reducedthe next time the vehicle is driven.

The vehicle may be driven ata reduced speed while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. Anytime this messagestays on, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for serviceas soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

Page 168: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (36,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays whentrying to start the vehicle if anRKE transmitter is not detected.The transmitter battery may beweak. See “Starting the Vehiclewith a Low Transmitter Battery”under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message is displayed if theremote is no longer detected in thevehicle. Press the brake pedal torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays whenthe Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) system is disabled andneeds service. See your dealer.See Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) on page 6‑3 for moreinformation.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL ON

This message is displayed whenthe exterior lamp control is in AUTOand the lights have turned on.See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL OFF

This message is displayed whenthe exterior lamp control is in AUTOand the lights have turned off.See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the turn signals isout, this message displays toshow which bulb needs to bereplaced. See Bulb Replacement onpage 10‑32 and Replacement Bulbson page 10‑40 for more informationon the turn signal bulb replacement.

Page 169: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (37,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-37

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed ifthe turn signal has been left on.Turn off the turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when thepark assist system has been turnedoff or when there is a temporarycondition causing the system to bedisabled. See Ultrasonic ParkingAssist on page 9‑38.

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Ultrasonic Frontand Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA)system. Do not use this systemto help you park. See UltrasonicParking Assist on page 9‑38 formore information. See your dealerfor service.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE REAR AXLE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the All-WheelDrive (AWD) System. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑34.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays if there isa problem with the selective ridecontrol. See Selective Ride Controlon page 9‑35.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays whenthere is a problem with theTraction Control System (TCS).See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9‑32.

SPORT MODE ON

This message displays whenSport Mode has been activated.See Selective Ride Control onpage 9‑35 and Manual Mode onpage 9‑26 for more information.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there isa problem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Page 170: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (38,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Messages

BUCKLE SEATBELT

This message displays as areminder when the safety beltis not buckled.

Anti-theft Alarm SystemMessages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the power steeringsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑59 for more information.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays whenthe system is learning new tires.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑59 formore information.

Page 171: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (39,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-39

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displaysLEFT FRONT, RIGHT FRONT,LEFT REAR, or RIGHT REAR toindicate the location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warninglight will also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5‑24.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10‑49, Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56.

You can receive more than onetire pressure message at a time.The DIC also shows the tirepressure values. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there isa problem with the transmission.See your dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC)and attempting to shift to a gearnot appropriate for the vehiclespeed and engine revolutions perminute (rpm). See Manual Mode onpage 9‑26 for more information.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shiftedto P (Park). This may appear whenattempting to remove the key fromthe vehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool.This message clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

Page 172: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (40,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-40 Instruments and Controls

TURN WIPER CONTROL TOINTERMITTENT FIRST

This message is displayed whenattempting to adjust the intermittentwiper speed without intermittentselected on the wiper control.See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑4.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display whenthe washer fluid level is low.See Washer Fluid on page 10‑21.

VehiclePersonalizationThe audio system controls areused to access the personalizationmenus for customizing vehiclefeatures. Not all features areavailable on every vehicle.Only the features availableon a particular vehicle will bedisplayed on that vehicle.

CONFIG (Configuration):Press to access the ConfigurationSettings Menu.

MENU/SELECT Knob: Pressthe center of this knob to enterthe menus and select menu items.Turn the knob to scroll through themenus.

/ BACK or BACK / (dependingon system): Press to exit or movebackward in a menu.

Entering the PersonalizationMenus

1. Press CONFIG to access theConfiguration Settings menu.

2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight Vehicle Settings.

3. Press the center of theMENU/SELECT knob to selectthe Vehicle Settings menu.

The following list of menu items willbe available:. Climate and Air Quality. Comfort and Convenience. Language. Lighting. Power Door Locks. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start. Return to Factory Settings

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight the menu. Press the knobto select it. Each of the menus isdetailed in the following information.

Page 173: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (41,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Climate and Air Quality

Select the Climate and Air Qualitymenu and the following will bedisplayed:. Auto Fan Speed. Air Quality Sensor. Remote Start Auto Seat Cool. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats. Auto Defog. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This will allow you to select theautomatic fan speed. This featuresets the climate control fan speedto maintain the interior temperature.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Auto Fan Speed is highlightedto open the menu. Turn the knobto highlight High, Medium, or Low.Press the knob to confirm theselection and move back to thelast menu.

Air Quality Sensor

This will allow you to select whetherthe system will operate at high orlow sensitivity. Only vehicles withthe dual zone climate control willhave this option.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Air Quality Sensor ishighlighted to open the menu.Turn the knob to highlight Highor Low Sensitivity. Press the knobto confirm the selection and moveback to the last menu.

Remote Start Auto Seat Cool

When on, this feature will turn thevented seats on when using remotestart on warm days.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Remote Start Auto Seat Coolis highlighted. Turn the knob toselect On or Off. Press the knobto confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When on, this feature will turn theheated seats on when using remotestart on cold days.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Remote Start Auto HeatedSeats is highlighted. Turn the knobto select On or Off. Press the knobto confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Auto Defog

This will allow you to turn the autodefog on or off.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Auto Defog is highlighted toopen the menu. Turn the knob tohighlight On or Off. Press the knobto confirm the selection and moveback to the last menu.

Page 174: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (42,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-42 Instruments and Controls

Auto Rear Defog

This will allow you to turn the autorear defog on or off.

Press the MENU/SELECTknob when Auto Rear Defog ishighlighted to open the menu.Turn the knob to highlight On orOff. Press the knob to confirm theselection and move back to thelast menu.

Comfort and Convenience

Select the Comfort andConvenience menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Easy Exit Driver Seat. Chime Volume. Reverse Tilt Mirror. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This allows you to turn the easyexit driver seat feature on or off.When on, this feature will move thedriver seat rearward upon turningthe ignition off and the driver dooropened. This may be performed tomake it easier to exit the vehicle.See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3‑5 for more information.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Easy Exit Driver Seat ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Chime Volume is highlighted.Turn the knob to select Normal orHigh. Press the knob to confirm andgo back to the last menu.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows you to turn the reversetilt mirror feature on or off. Whenon, both the driver and passengermirrors will tilt downward whenvehicle is shifted to R (Reverse)to improve visibility of the groundnear the rear wheels. They willreturn to their previous drivingposition when the vehicle is shiftedout of R (Reverse), the ignition isturned to OFF, or the vehicle is leftin reverse.

Press the MENU/SELECTknob when Reverse Tilt Mirror ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectDriver & Passenger or Off. Pressthe knob to confirm and go backto the last menu.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on, and the front windshieldwipers are on, the rear windowwiper will turn on automaticallywhen the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse).

Page 175: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (43,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-43

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Language

Select the Language menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. English. French. Spanish

Turn the MENU/SELECT knobto select the language. Press theknob to confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Lighting

Select the Lighting menu and thefollowing will be displayed:. Vehicle Locator Lights. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This allows the vehicle locator lightsto be turned on or off.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Vehicle Locator Lights ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle whenit is dark outside.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Exit Lighting is highlighted.Turn the knob to select Off,30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes.Press the knob to confirm and goback to the last menu.

Power Door Locks

Select Power Door Locks and thefollowing will be displayed:. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out. Auto Door Unlock. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable and the door will lock asprogrammed through this menu.

Press the MENU/SELECTknob when Auto Door Unlock ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Page 176: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (44,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Press the MENU/SELECTknob when Auto Door Unlock ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectAll Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Pressthe knob to confirm and go back tothe last menu.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delaythe locking of the doors untilfive seconds after the last door isclosed. You will hear three chimesto signal delayed locking is in use.Pressing either the power lockbutton or the lock button on theRKE transmitter twice will overridethe delayed locking feature andimmediately lock all of the doors.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Delayed Door Lock ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Remote Lock/Unlock/Start

Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Startand the following will be displayed:. Unlock Feedback (Lights). Locking Feedback. Door Unlock Options. Passive Door Lock. Passive Door Unlock. Memory Remote Recall. Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

Unlock Feedback (Lights)

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Unlock Feedback (Lights)is highlighted. Turn the knob toselect Flash Lights or Off. Pressthe knob to confirm and go backto the last menu.

Locking Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Press the MENU/SELECTknob when Locking Feedbackis highlighted. Turn the knob toselect Lights and Horn, Lights Only,Horn Only, or Off. Press the knobto confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Door Unlock Options

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing the unlockbutton on the RKE transmitter.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Door Unlock Options ishighlighted. Turn the knob toselect All Doors or Driver DoorOnly. When set to Driver Door Only,the driver door will unlock the firsttime the unlock button is pressedand all doors will unlock when thebutton is pressed a second time.

Page 177: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (45,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-45

When set to All Doors, all of thedoors will unlock at the first pressof the unlock button. Press theknob to confirm and go back tothe last menu.

Passive Door Lock

If the vehicle has the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) system, whenenabled, this feature allows thedoors to lock after several secondsif all doors are closed and at leastone RKE transmitter has beenremoved from the interior of thevehicle. It does not matter how faraway the RKE transmitter is fromthe vehicle. This feature can alsobe configured to chirp the hornwhen the doors are passivelylocked.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Passive Door Lock ishighlighted. Turn the knob toselect On With Chirp, On, or Off.Press the knob to confirm and goback to the last menu.

Passive Door Unlock

If the vehicle has the RKE system,this feature allows you to selectwhich doors will automaticallyunlock when you open the driverdoor with the RKE transmitterpresent.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Passive Door Unlock ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectAll Doors or Driver Door. Press theknob to confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Memory Remote Recall

This allows the Memory RemoteRecall feature to be turned on or off.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Memory Remote Recall ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder

This allows the Remote Left InVehicle reminder feature to beturned on or off. If on, the hornwill chirp if a remote is left in thevehicle.

Press the MENU/SELECT knobwhen Remote Left In Vehicle ishighlighted. Turn the knob to selectOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmand go back to the last menu.

Return to Factory Settings

Select Return to FactorySettings to return all of the vehiclepersonalization to the defaultsettings. Turn the knob to selectYes or No. Press the knob toconfirm and go back to thelast menu.

Page 178: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (46,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-46 Instruments and Controls

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑23 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If the vehicle has this feature,you will see these buttons withone indicator light next to them inthe overhead console.

This system provides a wayto replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems,and home automation devices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includesany garage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1,1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future UniversalRemote system programming. It isalso recommended that upon thesale of the vehicle, the programmedUniversal Remote system buttonsbe erased for security purposes.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

When programming a garagedoor, park outside of the garage.Park directly in line with and facingthe garage door opener motor-heador gate motor-head. Be sure thatpeople and objects are clear ofthe garage door or gate beingprogrammed.

It is recommended that a newbattery be installed in the hand-heldtransmitter for quicker and moreaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Page 179: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (47,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system,call 1-800-355-3515 or go towww.homelink.com.

Programming a garage door openerinvolves time-sensitive actions,so read the entire procedure beforestarting. Otherwise, the device willtime out and the procedure will haveto be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm(1 to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons while keepingthe indicator light in view.The hand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturerof the garage door openerreceiver (motor-head unit).

2. At the same time, pressand hold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and oneof the three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Do notrelease the Universal Remotesystem button or the hand-heldtransmitter button until theindicator light changes from aslowly to a rapidly flashing light.You now may release bothbuttons.

Some entry gates and garagedoor openers may requiresubstitution of Step 2 withthe procedure noted in“Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold for five secondsthe newly trained UniversalRemote system button(the button selected in Step 2)while observing the indicatorlight and garage door activation.. If the indicator light stays on

continuously or the garagedoor starts to move whenthe Universal Remotesystem button is pressedand released, then theprogramming is complete.There is no need tocontinue programmingSteps 4–6.

. If the Universal Remotesystem indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then turns to a constantlight and the garage doordoes not move, continuewith programmingSteps 4–6.

It may be helpful to haveanother person assist withthe remaining Steps 4–6.

Page 180: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (48,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-48 Instruments and Controls

“Learn” or “Smart” Button

4. After Steps 1–3 have beencompleted, locate the “Learn”or “Smart” button inside thegarage on the garage dooropener receiver (motor-headunit). The name and colorof the button may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Firmly press and release the“Learn” or “Smart” button. Afterpressing this button, you willhave 30 seconds to completeStep 6.

6. Immediately return to thevehicle. Firmly press and holdfor two seconds the UniversalRemote system button, selectedin Step 2 to control the garagedoor, and then release it. If thegarage door does not move orthe lamp on the garage dooropener receiver (motor-headunit) does not flash, press andhold the same button a secondtime for two seconds, thenrelease it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash,press and hold the same buttona third time for two seconds,then release.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

To program the remaining twoUniversal Remote system buttons,begin with Step 1 of “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency lawsrequire transmitter signals to timeout or quit after several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similarly, some U.S.gate operators are manufactured totime out in the same manner.

Page 181: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (49,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Instruments and Controls 5-49

If you live in Canada, or you arehaving difficulty programminga gate operator or garage dooropener by using the “Programmingthe Universal Remote System”procedures, regardless of whereyou live, replace Step 2 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System” with the following:

Continue to press and holdthe Universal Remote systembutton while you press and releaseevery two seconds (cycle) thehand-held transmitter buttonuntil the frequency signal hasbeen successfully accepted bythe Universal Remote system.The Universal Remote systemindicator light will flash slowly atfirst and then rapidly. Proceed withStep 3 under “Programming theUniversal Remote System” tocomplete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system buttonfor at least half of a second.The indicator light will come onwhile the signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

All programmed buttons should beerased when the vehicle is sold orthe lease ends.

To erase all programmed buttonson the Universal Remote systemdevice:

1. Press and hold down thetwo outside buttons untilthe indicator light begins toflash. This should take about10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the threeUniversal Remote system buttons:

1. Press and hold the desiredUniversal Remote systembutton. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”

If you have questions or need helpprogramming the Universal Remotesystem, call 1-800-355-3515 or goto www.homelink.com. You mayalso call the customer assistancephone number under CustomerAssistance Offices (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑5 or CustomerAssistance Offices (Mexico) onpage 13‑5.

Page 182: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (50,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

5-50 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES

Page 183: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Battery Load Management . . . . 6-9

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is locatedon the instrument panel to the left ofthe steering column.

Page 184: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

6-2 Lighting

It controls the following systems:. Headlamps. Taillamps. Parking Lamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights. Fog Lamps

The exterior lamps control hasfour positions:

O (Off): Briefly turn to this positionto turn the automatic light control offor on again.

AUTO (Automatic): Turns theheadlamps on automatically atnormal brightness, together withthe following:. Parking Lamps. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

; (Parking Lamps): Turns theparking lamps on together with thefollowing:. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

2 (Headlamps): Turns theheadlamps on together with thelamps listed below. A warning chimesounds if the driver door is openedwhen the ignition switch is off andthe headlamps are on.. Parking Lamps. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

# (Front Fog Lamps): Forvehicles with fog lamps, press toturn the lamps on or off.

See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal/lane changelever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument panel cluster when thehigh‐beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash‐to‐pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal/lane change lever all theway toward you, then release it.

Page 185: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Lighting 6-3

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.Fully functional daytime runninglamps are required on all vehiclesfirst sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.

The DRL system makes thelow‐beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness or for vehicleswith High Intensity Discharge (HID)headlamps, the DRL lights will comeon when the following conditionsare met:. The ignition is in the

ON/RUN mode.. The exterior lamps control is

in AUTO.. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow‐beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on.The high‐beam headlamps,taillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings.The other lamps that come on withthe headlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and theDRL come on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lampscontrol to the off position andthen release. For vehicles firstsold in Canada, the DRL cannotbe turned off.

This vehicle may have a DRLdisabling function. When the DRLare on and a turn signal is activated,the DRL on that side will be off untilthe turn signal goes off.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)For vehicles with uplevelheadlamps, the Adaptive ForwardLighting System (AFL) adjuststhe headlamps to provide greaterroad illumination in various drivingconditions.

To enable AFL, set the exteriorlamp control to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTOposition will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle; drivinga short distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls on page 6‑1.

Page 186: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

6-4 Lighting

Curve Lighting

The light beam pivots based on thesteering wheel position and vehiclespeed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).The headlamps shine at an angle ofup to 15 degrees to the right or leftof the direction of travel.

Highway Lighting

If the vehicle is traveling straightcontinuously at high speeds, thelight beam automatically raisesslightly to increase the headlamprange.

City Lighting

If the vehicle speed is less than50 km/h (31 mph), the headlamprange is automatically reduced.

Twilight Sentinel

This feature automatically turns thelamps on and off. A light sensor ontop of the instrument panel makesthe Twilight Sentinel® work, so besure it is not covered.

With Twilight Sentinel the followingwill happen:. When it is dark enough outside,

and the exterior lamp controlis in the AUTO position, theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL)go off, and the headlampsand parking lamps come on.The other lamps that comeon with the headlamps alsocome on.

. When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off, and theDRL come on, as long as theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO position. See ExteriorLamp Controls on page 6‑1.

Page 187: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Lighting 6-5

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately.If it is light outside when thevehicle leaves the garage, there isa slight delay before the automaticheadlamp system changes tothe DRL. During that delay, theinstrument panel cluster may notbe as bright as usual. Make surethe instrument panel brightnesscontrol is in full bright position.See Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑7 for moreinformation.

The vehicle can be idled with thelamps off, even when it is darkoutside. After starting the vehicle,turn the exterior lamps control tooff, then release it. The lamps willremain off until the control is turnedto off again.

Twilight Sentinel also providesexterior illumination as you leavethe vehicle. If Twilight Sentinelhas turned on the lamps whenthe ignition is turned off, thelamps remain on until one ofthe following occurs:. The exterior lamp control is

moved from O to the parkinglamp position.

. The delay time selected haselapsed.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40 to select the delay time.You can also select no delay time.

If the ignition is turned off withthe exterior lamps control in theparking lamp or headlamp position,the Twilight Sentinel delay will notoccur. The lamps will turn off assoon as the control is turned off.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers):Press this button on the instrumentpanel, to make the front and rearturn signal lamps flash on and off.This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again toturn the flashers off.

Page 188: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

6-6 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument panelcluster will flash in the direction ofthe turn or lane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidlyor does not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs.If the bulb is not burned out, checkthe fuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers on page 10‑41 for moreinformation.

Front Fog Lamps

The front fog lamp button is locatedon the exterior lamp control, on theoutboard side of the steering wheel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# (Front Fog Lamps): Pressto turn the fog lamps on or off.An indicator light on the instrumentpanel cluster comes on when thefog lamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Page 189: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lights and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelBrightness): Move and hold thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

Cargo LampThe cargo lamp is located in therear compartment and is controlledby the dome lamp. See DomeLamps on page 6‑7.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp isin the door position.

Dome LampsThe dome lamp is located in theoverhead console.

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

* (Dome Lamp Override): Turnsthe lamp off, even when a dooris open.

1 (Door): The lamp comes onautomatically when a door isopened.

+ (On): Turns the dome lamp on.

Page 190: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

6-8 Lighting

Reading LampsThere are reading lamps located onthe overhead console and over therear passenger doors. These lampscome on automatically when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

. Press# or$ next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

. Press the lamp lens on the rearpassenger reading lamps.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, licenseplate lamps, back‐up lamps, domelamps, and most of the interior lightsturn on briefly, when K is pressedon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter, or when the door handleis pulled. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off, and thenthe dome and remaining interiorlights dim to off. The entry lightingcan be manually turned off bychanging the ignition out of theoff position, or by pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, back‐up lamps, and licenseplate lamps come on at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when adoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamps alsocome on when a door is openedafter the ignition is changed to theoff position.

The exterior lights and dome lampremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lights turn offimmediately by turning theexterior lamps control to off.

This feature can be changed.See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Page 191: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Lighting 6-9

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinningfast enough at idle to produce allof the power needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on,such as: headlamps, high beams,fog lamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speedto generate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occurin steps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5‑32.

Page 192: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES

Page 193: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3Overview (Radio withCD/DVD and MEM) . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Audio PlayersCD Player(Radio with CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21Mass StorageMedia (MEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25

Auxiliary Devices(Radio with CD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29

Auxiliary Devices (Radio withCD/DVD and MEM) . . . . . . . . 7-35

Rear Seat InfotainmentRear Seat Entertainment(RSE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

PhoneBluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-49Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Bluetooth(Voice Recognition) . . . . . . . . 7-55

Bluetooth(UHP Mexico Only) . . . . . . . . . 7-62

Trademarks and LicenseAgreementsTrademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

Introduction

InfotainmentRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the audiosystem's features.

{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the road forextended periods could cause acrash resulting in injury or deathto you or others. Do not giveextended attention to infotainmenttasks while driving.

This system provides access tomany audio and non‐audio listings.

Page 194: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off theroad while driving, do the followingwhile the vehicle is parked:. Become familiar with the

operation and controls of theaudio system.

. Set up the tone, speakeradjustments, and preset radiostations.

For more information, see DefensiveDriving on page 9‑3.

This vehicle's infotainment systemmay be equipped with a noisereduction system which can workimproperly if the audio amplifier,engine calibrations, exhaust system,microphones, radio, or speakers aremodified or replaced. This couldresult in more noticeable enginenoise at certain speeds.

Notice: Contact your dealerbefore adding any equipment.

Adding audio or communicationequipment could interfere withthe operation of the engine,radio, or other systems, andcould damage them. Followfederal rules covering mobileradio and telephone equipment.

The vehicle has RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). With RAP,the audio system can be playedeven after the ignition is turned off.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9‑21 for moreinformation.

Navigation System

For vehicles with a navigationsystem, see the separate navigationmanual.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureThe theft-deterrent feature worksby learning a portion of theVehicle Identification Number(VIN) to the infotainment system.The infotainment system does notoperate if it is stolen or moved toa different vehicle.

Page 195: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O. Turns the system on or off

and adjusts the volume.

B. Buttons 1 to 6. Radio: Saves and selects

favorite stations.

C. TUNE. Radio: Manually selects

radio stations.. CD: Selects tracks.

D. FAV. Radio: Opens the

favorites list.

E. l SEEK

. Radio: Seeks the nextstation.

. CD: Selects the next trackor fast forwards within atrack.

Page 196: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-4 Infotainment System

F. g SEEK

. Radio: Seeks the previousstation.

. CD: Selects the previoustrack or rewinds within atrack.

G. Y (CD Eject)

. Removes a disc from theCD slot.

H. CD. Selects the CD player

when listening to adifferent audio source.

I. RADIO/BAND. Changes the band while

listening to the radio.. Selects the radio when

listening to a differentaudio source.

J. k. CD: Pauses the CD.

K. CD Slot. Insert a CD.

L. MENU/SELECT. Press: Selects menu items.. Turn: Opens menus,

highlights menu items,or sets numeric valueswhile in a menu.

M. BACK /. Menu: Moves one

level back.. Character Input: Deletes

the last character.

N. CONFIG. Opens the settings menu.

O. PHONE. Opens the phone

main menu.. Mutes the audio system.

P. TONE. Opens the tone menu.

Q. AUX. Selects a connected

external audio source.

R. INFO. Radio: Shows available

information about thecurrent station.

. CD: Shows availableinformation about thecurrent track.

Page 197: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) A. VOL/ O. Turns the system on or off

and adjusts the volume.

B. Buttons 1 to 6. Radio: Saves and selects

favorite stations.. MEM: Saves and selects

favorite tracks andplaylists.

C. TUNE/INFO. Radio: Manually selects

radio stations and showsavailable information aboutthe current station.

. CD: Selects tracksand shows availableinformation about thecurrent track.

. MEM: Selects tracksand shows availableinformation about thecurrent track.

Page 198: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-6 Infotainment System

D. FAV. Radio: Opens the

favorites list.. MEM: Opens the

favorites list.

E. l SEEK

. Radio: Seeks the nextstation.

. CD/DVD: Selects the nexttrack or fast forwardswithin a track.

. MEM: Selects the nexttrack or fast forwardswithin a track.

F. g SEEK

. Radio: Seeks the previousstation.

. CD/DVD: Selects theprevious track or rewindswithin a track.

. MEM: Selects the previoustrack or rewinds within atrack.

G. Y (CD Eject)

. Removes a disc from theCD slot.

H. RADIO/BAND. Changes the band while

listening to the radio.. Selects the radio when

listening to a differentaudio source.

I. MEM/CD/AUX. Selects MEM, CD/DVD,

USB, or a connectedauxiliary audio or auxiliaryaudio/video source.

J. k. Radio: Pauses time shifted

content.. CD/DVD: Pauses

CD/DVD‐A andDVD‐V playback.

. MEM: Pauses MEMplayback.

K. CD/DVD Slot. Insert a disc.

L. MENU/SELECT. Press: Selects menu items.. Turn: Open menus,

highlights menu items,or sets numeric valueswhile in a menu.

M. TONE. Opens the tone menu.

N. / BACK

. Menu: Moves onelevel back.

. Character Input: Deletesthe last character.

O. CONFIG. Opens the settings menu.

P. DEL. MEM: Deletes the current

track from MEM.

Page 199: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-7

Q. ( REC

. CD/DVD: Records contentfrom audio CDs andMP3/WMA CDs.

. AUX: Records contentfrom USB mass storagedevices.

R. PHONE. Opens the phone

main menu.. Mutes the audio system.

Operation

Controls

The infotainment system isoperated by using the pushbuttons,multifunction knobs, menus shownon the display, and steering wheelcontrols, if equipped.

Turning the System On or Off

VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press toturn the system on and off.

Automatic Switch‐Off

If the infotainment system hasbeen turned on after the ignitionis turned off, the system will turnoff automatically after 10 minutes.

Volume Control

VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn toadjust the volume.

PHONE: For vehicles with OnStar,press and hold PHONE to mute theinfotainment system. Press and holdPHONE again, or turn the VOL/ Oknob to cancel mute.

For vehicles without OnStar®, pressPHONE to mute the infotainmentsystem. Press PHONE again,or turn the VOL/ O knob tocancel mute.

Menu System

Controls

The MENU/SELECT knob andthe BACK / button are used tonavigate the menu system.

MENU/SELECT: Press to:. Select or activate the highlighted

menu option.. Confirm a set value.. Turn a system setting on or off.

Turn to:. Enter the menu system.. Highlight a menu option.. Select a value.

BACK / : Press to:

. Exit a menu.

. Return from a submenu screento the previous menu screen.

. Delete the last character in asequence.

Page 200: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-8 Infotainment System

Selecting a Menu Option

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tomove the highlighted bar.

2. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to select the highlightedoption.

Submenus

An arrow on the right‐hand edgeof the menu indicates that it has asubmenu with other options.

Activating a Setting

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight the setting.

2. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to activate the setting.

Setting a Value

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tochange the current value of thesetting.

2. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to confirm the setting.

Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight the function.

2. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to turn the function onor off.

Entering a Character Sequence

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight the character.

2. Press the MENU/SELECTbutton to select the character.

Page 201: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-9

Press the BACK / button to deletethe last character in the sequenceor press and hold to delete theentire character sequence.

Audio Settings

The audio settings can be set foreach radio band and each audioplayer source.

To quickly reset an audio settingvalue to 0:

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select the audio setting.

3. Press and hold theMENU/SELECT buttonuntil the value changes to 0.

Press the BACK / button to goback to the Tone Settings menu.

Adjusting the Treble, Midrange,and Bass

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select Treble, Midrange,or Bass.

3. Select the value.

Press the BACK / button to goback to the Tone Settings menu.

Adjusting the Fader and Balance

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select Fader or Balance.

3. Select the value.

Press the BACK / button to goback to the Tone Settings menu.

Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)

For vehicles that have an equalizer:

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select EQ.

3. Select the setting.

Press the BACK / button to goback to the Tone Settings menu.

Page 202: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-10 Infotainment System

DSP (Digital Signal Processing)Settings

For vehicles with DSP, it is usedto provide a choice of differentlistening experiences.. 2.0 Normal ‐ Select this setting

to adjust the audio for normalmode. This provides the bestsound quality for all seatingpositions.

. Centerpoint ‐ Centerpoint®

signal processing circuitry.This setting creates a surroundsound listening experience fromstereo CDs and satellite radio.

For more information onBose® Centerpoint® signalprocessing circuitry, please visitwww. bose.com/centerpoint.

. 5.1 Surround ‐ The infotainmentsystem used in conjunction withthe Bose® 5.1 Cabin Surround®

sound system for the vehicleincludes digital 5.1 decoding.This technology unlocks thefull benefit of digital 5.1recordings, so digitally encodedmusic and movie soundtrackscan be presented faithfully andaccurately. If the video screensor Rear Seat Audio (RSA)are on, 5.1 Surround is notavailable.

To adjust the DSP settings:

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select DSP.

3. Select the setting.

Press the BACK / button to goback to the Tone Settings menu.

System Settings

Configuring the Number ofFavorite Pages

To configure the number of availablefavorite pages:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select Radio Favorites.

4. Select the number of availablefavorite pages.

5. Press the BACK / buttonto go back to the SystemConfiguration menu.

Page 203: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-11

Auto Volume

The auto volume featureautomatically adjusts the radiovolume to compensate for road andwind noise as the vehicle speeds upor slows down, so that the volumelevel is consistent.

The level of volume compensationcan be selected, or the auto volumefeature can be turned off.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select Auto Volume.

4. Select the setting.

5. Press the BACK / buttonto go back to the SystemConfiguration menu.

Maximum Startup Volume

The maximum volume played whenthe radio is first turned on canbe set.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select Maximum StartupVolume.

4. Select the setting.

5. Press the BACK / buttonto go back to the SystemConfiguration menu.

Radio

AM-FM Radio

Control Buttons

The buttons used to control theradio are:

RADIO/BAND: Press to turn theradio on and choose between AM,FM, and XM™, if equipped.

MENU/SELECT: Press and turn tonavigate the available menus.

TUNE: Turn to search for stations.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation that may be availablefor the current song.

l SEEK /g SEEK: Press tosearch for stations.

FAV: Press to open thefavorites list.

1 to 6: Press to select presetstations.

k (Play/Pause): Press to pausetime shifted content, if equipped.

Page 204: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-12 Infotainment System

RDS (Radio Data System)

The radio may have RDS. The RDSfeature is available for use only onFM stations that broadcast RDSinformation. This feature only workswhen the information from the radiostation is available. In rare cases,a radio station could broadcastincorrect information that causes theradio features to work improperly.If this happens, contact the radiostation.

While the radio is tuned to anFM-RDS station, the station nameor call letters display.

Radio Menus

Radio menus are available for AMand FM.

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob toopen the main radio menu for thatfrequency.

Selecting a Band

Press the RADIO/BAND button tochoose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped.The last station that was playingstarts playing again.

Selecting a Station

Seek Tuning (Radio with CD)

If the radio station is not known:

Briefly pressg SEEK orl SEEKto automatically search for the nextavailable station. If a station is notfound, the radio switches to a moresensitive search level. If a stationstill is not found, the frequencythat was last active begins to play.

If the radio station is known:

Press and holdg SEEK orl SEEK until the station on thedisplay is reached, then releasethe button.

Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVDand MEM)

Briefly pressg SEEK orl SEEK,to automatically search for the nextavailable station. If a station is notfound, the radio switches to a moresensitive search level. If a stationstill is not found, the frequency thatwas last active begins to play.

Manual Tuning

Turn the TUNE knob to select thefrequency on the display.

Favorites List

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Favorites List.

3. Select the station.

Page 205: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-13

Station Lists

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select AM or FM Station List.All receivable stations in thecurrent reception area aredisplayed. If a station list hasnot been created, an automaticstation search is done.

3. Select the station.

Category Lists

Most stations that broadcastan RDS program type codespecify the type of programmingtransmitted. Some stations changethe program type code dependingon the content. The system storesthe RDS stations sorted by programtype in the FM category list.

To search for a programming typedetermined by station:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select FM category list. A list ofall programing types availabledisplays.

3. Select the programming type.A list of stations that transmitprogramming of the selectedtype displays.

4. Select the station.

The category lists are updatedwhen the station lists areupdated.

Updating Station & Category Lists

If stations stored in the station listcan no longer be received:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Update AM or FM StationList, if the stations stored inthe station list are no longerreceived. A station search willbe completed and the firststation in the updated listwill play.

To cancel the station search, pressthe MENU/SELECT knob.

Storing a Station as a Favorite

Stations from all bands can bestored in any order in the favoritepages.

Up to six stations can be stored ineach favorite page and the numberof available favorite pages canbe set.

Storing Stations

To store the station to a positionin the list, press the correspondingbutton 1 to 6 until a beep is heard.

Retrieving Stations

Press the FAV button to open afavorite page or to switch to anotherfavorite page. Briefly press one ofthe 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve thestation.

Page 206: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-14 Infotainment System

Time Shifting (Radio withCD/DVD and MEM)

The radio with MEM time shiftfeature can rewind 20 minutes ofFM/AM content. While listeningto the radio, the content from thecurrent station is always beingbuffered.

Pressk to pause the radio.The radio displays the time shiftstatus bar. The status bar showsthe amount of content stored in thebuffer and the current pause point.

To resume playback from thecurrent pause point, pressk again.The radio is no longer live, butplayed from the time shift buffer.A status bar displays below thestation number.

Press and holdg SEEK orl SEEK to fast forward orrewind through the time shift buffer.Holdl SEEK until the end ofthe recorded buffer resumes liveplayback.

Press and releaseg SEEK orl SEEK to jump forward or back30 seconds in the time shift buffer.

When the radio station ischanged, the buffer is clearedand automatically restarted forthe current station. Content froma previously tuned station is nolonger available.

The time shift feature is notavailable while recording or withother sources of playback.

Pausing AM/FM with the VehicleTurned Off

If AM/FM is paused when thevehicle is turned off, the radiocontinues to buffer the currentradio station for up to 20 minutes.If the vehicle is turned back onwithin 20 minutes, the radioresumes playback from thepaused point.

Satellite RadioVehicles with an XM™ SatelliteRadio tuner and a valid XM SatelliteRadio subscription can receive XMprogramming.

XM Satellite Radio Service

XM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguousUnited States and 10 Canadianprovinces. XM Satellite Radiohas a wide variety of programmingand commercial-free music, coastto coast, and in digital-qualitysound. If XM service needs to bereactivated, the radio will display“No Subscription Please Renewon channel XM1.” A service fee isrequired to receive the XM service.For more information, contactXM at www.xmradio.com or1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

Page 207: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-15

Control Buttons

The buttons used to control the XMradio are:

RADIO/BAND: Press to turn theradio on and choose between AM,FM, and XM, if equipped.

g SEEK /l SEEK: Press to goto the previous or next channel.

FAV: Press to open thefavorites list.

1‐6: Press to select a favorite.

TUNE: Turn to select a channel.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation that may be availableabout the current song.

k (Play/Pause): Press to pausetime shifted content, if equipped.

Selecting the XM Band

Press the RADIO/BAND button tochoose between the AM, FM andXM bands. The last channel playedin that band begins to play whenthat band is selected.

XM Categories

XM channels are organized incategories.

Removing or Adding Categories

Channels in a category that havebeen removed can still be accessedby using theg SEEK orl SEEKbuttons, or the TUNE knob.

To add or remove categories:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select XM Categories.

4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob tohighlight the category.

5. Press the MENU/SELECT knobto remove or add the category.

Selecting an XM Channel

XM channels can be selected byusingg SEEK,l SEEK, theTUNE knob, or the menu system.

Selecting a Channel Using

g SEEK orl SEEK(Radio with CD)

. Press and releaseg SEEK orl SEEK to go to the previousor next channel.

. Press and holdg SEEK orl SEEK to scroll through theprevious or next channel untilthe channel is reached.

Selecting a Channel Using

g SEEK orl SEEK(Radio with CD/DVD and MEM)

Press and releaseg SEEK orl SEEK to go to the previousor next channel.

Selecting a Channel Using theTUNE Knob

To select an XM channel using theTUNE knob:

Turn the TUNE knob to highlight anXM channel; the channel is selectedafter a short delay.

Page 208: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-16 Infotainment System

To select a channel using the menu:

1. Turn the MENU/Select knob andselect Channel List.

2. Select the desired channel.

Selecting a Channel Using theMenu System

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select XM Category List.

3. Select the category.

4. Select the channel.

Storing an XM Channel as aFavorite

Channels from all bands can bestored in any order in the favoritepages.

Up to six channels can be stored ineach favorite page and the numberof available favorite pages canbe set.

Storing a Channel as a Favorite

To store the channel to a positionin the list, press and hold thecorresponding 1 to 6 button untilthe channel can be heard again.

Retrieving Channels

Press the FAV button to opena favorite page or to change toanother favorite page. Briefly pressone of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrievethe channel.

Time Shifting (Radio withCD/DVD and MEM)

The radio with the MEM time shiftfeature can rewind 20 minutes ofXM content. While listening to theradio, the content from the currentchannel is always being buffered.

Pressk to pause the radio.The radio displays the time shiftstatus bar. The status bar showsthe amount of content stored in thebuffer and the current pause point.

To resume playback from thecurrent pause point, pressk again.The radio is no longer live, butplayed from the time shift buffer.A status bar displays below thechannel number.

Press and holdg SEEK orl SEEK to fast forward orrewind through the time shift buffer.Holdl SEEK until the end ofthe recorded buffer resumes liveplayback.

Press and releaseg SEEK orl SEEK to go to the next orprevious song in the time shiftbuffer.

When the channel is changed, thebuffer is cleared and automaticallyrestarted for the current channel.Content from a previously tunedstation is no longer available.

The time shift feature is notavailable while recording orwith other sources of playback.

Page 209: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-17

Pausing XM with the VehicleTurned Off

If XM is paused when the vehicleis turned off, the radio continues tobuffer the current radio station forup to 20 minutes. If the vehicle isturned back on within 20 minutes,the radio resumes playback fromthe paused point.

XM Messages

XL (Explicit LanguageChannels): These channels,or any others, can beblocked by request, by calling1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

XM Updating: The encryption codein the receiver is being updated,no action is required. This processshould take no longer than30 seconds.

Loading XM: The audio systemis acquiring and processing audioand text data, no action is needed.This message should disappearshortly.

Channel Off Air: This channel isnot currently in service. Tune in toanother channel.

Channel Unauth: This channel isblocked or cannot be received withyour XM Subscription package.

Channel Unavailable: Thispreviously assigned channel is nolonger assigned. Tune to anotherstation.

No Artist Info: The systemis working properly. No artistinformation is available at thistime on this channel.

No Title Info: The system isworking properly. No song titleinformation is available at thistime on this channel.

No CAT Info: The system isworking properly. No categoryinformation is available at thistime on this channel.

No Information: The systemis working properly. No text orinformational messages areavailable at this time on thischannel.

No Subscription PleaseRenew: XM subscription needsto be reactivated. Contact XMat www.xmradio.com or call1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

No XM Signal: The system isworking properly. The vehicle maybe in a location where the XM signalis being blocked. When the vehicleis moved into an open area, thesignal should return.

CAT Not Found: The systemis working properly. There are nochannels available for the selectedcategory.

XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,this message alternates with theXM Radio eight‐digit radio ID label.This label is needed to activate theservice.

Page 210: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-18 Infotainment System

Unknown: If this message isreceived when tuned to channel 0,there could be a receiver fault.Consult with your dealer.

Check Antenna: If this messagedoes not clear within a short periodof time, the receiver could have afault. Consult with your dealer.

XM Not Available: If this messagedoes not clear within a short periodof time, the receiver could have afault. Consult with your dealer.

Radio ReceptionFrequency interference and staticcan occur during normal radioreception if items such as cell phonechargers, vehicle convenienceaccessories, and external electronicdevices are plugged into theaccessory power outlet. If there isinterference or static, unplug theitem from the accessory poweroutlet.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings orhills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interferewith each other. Static can occurwhen things like storms and powerlines interfere with radio reception.When this happens, try reducingthe treble on the radio.

XM™ Satellite Radio Service

XM Satellite Radio Service givesdigital radio reception from coast tocoast in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates, and in Canada. Just aswith FM, tall buildings or hills caninterfere with satellite radio signals,causing the sound to fade in andout. In addition, traveling or standingunder heavy foliage, bridges,garages, or tunnels may cause lossof the XM signal for a period of time.

Cellular Phone Usage

Cellular phone usage can causeinterference with the vehicle's radio.

Multi-Band AntennaThe multi-band antenna is on theroof of the vehicle. The antennais used for the AM‐FM radio,OnStar, the XM Satellite RadioService System, and GPS (GlobalPositioning System), if the vehiclehas these features. Keep theantenna clear of obstructionsfor clear reception.

Page 211: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-19

Audio Players

CD Player(Radio with CD)The CD player can play audio CDsand MP3 CDs.

The CD player will not play8 cm (3 in) CDs.

Care of CDs

Sound quality can be reduced dueto disc quality, recording method,quality of the music recorded, andhow the disc has been handled.Handle discs carefully and storethem in their original cases or otherprotective cases away from directsunlight and dust. If the bottomsurface of a disc is damaged, thedisc may not play properly or at all.

Do not touch the bottom surface ofa disc while handling it; this coulddamage the surface. Pick up discsby grasping the outer edges or theedge of the hole and the outer edge.

If the bottom surface of a discis dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth,or dampen a clean soft cloth ina mild neutral detergent solutionmixed with water, and clean it.Wipe the disc from the centerto the outer edge.

Care of the CD Player

Do not add a label to a disc, as itcould get caught in the CD player.If a label is needed, label thetop of the recorded disc with amarking pen.

Do not use disc lens cleanersbecause they could contaminatethe lens of the disc optics anddamage the CD player.

Notice: If a label is added to aCD, more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD playercould be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,and debris.

Control Buttons

The buttons used to control the CDplayer are:

CD: Press to use the CD player.

l SEEK /g SEEK: Press toselect tracks or to fast forward orrewind within a track.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation about the current trackthat may be available.

Page 212: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-20 Infotainment System

TUNE: Turn to select tracks.

MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter themenu; press to select an item.

Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc.

k (Play/Pause): Press to pausea CD or MP3 track, press again toresume playback.

Inserting a CD

With the printed side facing up,insert a disc into the CD slot untilit is drawn in.

Removing a CD

PressX.

The disc is pushed out of theCD slot.

If the disc is not removed after it isejected, it is pulled back in after afew seconds.

Playing a CD or MP3 CD

Press the CD button. If there is adisc in the player, it begins playing.

Information about the disc andcurrent track is shown on thedisplay depending on the datastored.

Selecting a CD Track

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob.

Using the CD Menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Tracks list.

3. Select the track.

Playing Tracks in Random Order

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs to On.

Fast Forward and Rewind

Press and holdl SEEK org SEEK to fast forward orrewind within the current track.

Selecting an MP3 Track

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob.

Using the CD Menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Playlists/Folders.

3. Select the playlist or folder.

4. Select the track.

Page 213: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-21

Searching for MP3 Tracks

The search feature may take sometime to display the information afterreading the disc due to the amountof information stored on the disc.FM automatically plays while thedisc is being read.

Tracks can be searched by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres. Folder View

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists,Albums, Song Titles, Genres,or Folder View.

4. Select the track.

CD/DVD PlayerThe CD/DVD player can playCDs, DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs,MP3/WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs.

The CD/DVD player will not play8 cm (3 in) discs.

Care of CDs and DVDs

Sound quality can be reduced dueto disc quality, recording method,quality of the music recorded, andhow the disc has been handled.Handle discs carefully and storethem in their original cases or otherprotective cases away from directsunlight and dust. If the bottomsurface of a disc is damaged, thedisc may not play properly or at all.

Do not touch the bottom surface ofa disc while handling it; this coulddamage the surface. Pick up discsby grasping the outer edges or theedge of the hole and the outer edge.

If the bottom surface of a disc isdirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth,or dampen a clean soft cloth ina mild neutral detergent solutionmixed with water, and clean it.Wipe the disc from the centerto the outer edge.

Page 214: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-22 Infotainment System

Care of the CD/DVD Player

Do not add a label to a disc, as itcould get caught in the CD/DVDplayer. If a label is needed, labelthe top of the recorded disc with amarking pen.

Do not use disc lens cleanersbecause they could contaminatethe lens of the disc optics anddamage the CD/DVD player.

Notice: If a label is added to aCD, more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD playercould be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,and debris.

Control Buttons

The buttons used to control theCD/DVD player are:

MEM/CD/AUX: Press to choosebetween the MEM, CD/DVD,and AUX.

l SEEK/g SEEK: Press toselect tracks or to fast forward orrewind within a track.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation about the disc that maybe available.

TUNE: Turn to select tracks.

MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter themenu and press to select an item.

Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc.

k (Play/Pause): Press to pause aCD, DVD‐A, or DVD‐V. Press againto resume playback. Press and holdto stop a DVD‐V disc.

Inserting a CD or DVD

With the printed side facing up,insert a disc into the slot until it isdrawn in.

Removing a CD or DVD

PressY.

The disc is pushed out of theCD/DVD slot.

If the disc is not removed after it isejected, it is pulled back in after afew seconds.

Playing a CD or DVD‐A Disc

Press the MEM/CD/AUX button.If there is a disc in the player,it begins playing.

Information about the disc andcurrent track is shown on thedisplay depending on the datastored.

Page 215: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-23

Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob.

Using the menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Tracks List.

3. Select the track.

Pausing a CD or DVD‐A Track

Pressk to pause a CD or DVD‐A

track. Pressk again to continueplaying the track.

Playing CD or DVD‐A Tracks inRandom Order

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andthen set Shuffle Songs to On.

Fast Forward and Rewind

Press and holdl SEEK org SEEK to fast forward orrewind within the current track.

Playing an MP3 CD or DVD

Files that are not stored infolders are displayed in theroot directory (disc).

The search rate increasesif the MENU/SELECT knobis continuously turned whilesearching in a list.

Selecting an MP3 Track

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob.

Using the CD or DVD Menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Folder List.

3. Select the folder.

4. Select the track.

Searching for MP3s on a CDor DVD

It is normal for the search featureto take some time to display theinformation after reading the discdue to the amount of informationstored on the disc. The infotainmentsystem automatically switches toFM while the disc is being read.

Files that do not have any metadata stored in the ID3 tag displayas Unknown.

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres

The number of objects in eachcategory is shown in parenthesesafter the category.

Page 216: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-24 Infotainment System

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, or Genres.

4. Select the track. The search rateincreases if the MENU/SELECTknob is continuously turnedwhile searching in a list.

Playing MP3 Tracks in RandomOrder

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs to On.

Recording an Audio or MP3CD to MEM

See Mass Storage Media (MEM) onpage 7‑25 for more information.

Playing a DVD‐V

See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑37 for informationabout how to control a Video DVDusing the wireless remote control.

Selecting a Chapter

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEKto select the previous or nextchapter.

. Turn the TUNE knob.

Using the DVD Menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Chapter List.

3. Select the chapter.

Selecting a Title

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Title List.

3. Select the title.

Changing the Audio Stream

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Audio Stream.

3. Select Change Audio Stream.

4. Press MENU/SELECT to changethe selection.

Select Cancel to exit the menu.

Pausing a DVD

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Pause to pause thedisc. Select unpause to startplayback.

Navigating the DVD‐V Disc Menu

Use the following actions tonavigate the title menu on aDVD‐V Disc.. Select/Enter. Cursor UP. Cursor DOWN. Cursor RIGHT. Cursor LEFT. Up Menu

Page 217: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-25

Use the following actions tonavigate the menu on a DVD‐VDisc while playing chapters.. Pause (Play). Chapter List. Title List. DVD/DVD — DVD on both video

screens. DVD/AUX — Left video

screen/Right AUX input. AUX/DVD — Left AUX

input/Right video screen. AUX/AUX — AUX input on both

video screens

To navigate the menu:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select the action.

Mass StorageMedia (MEM)Infotainment systems with MEMstorage are able to record up to1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music fromAudio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs,and USB storage devices. The MEMplayer can also time shift audio fromAM, FM, and XM radio.

Music or content stored in MEM thatyou did not create, or have the rightto distribute, must be deleted beforethe sale or end of lease of thevehicle.

Control Buttons

The buttons used to control theMEM player are:

MEM/CD/AUX: Press to select theMEM player.

l SEEK/g SEEK: Press toselect tracks or to fast forward orrewind within a track.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation about the MEM trackthat may be available. Turn to selecttracks.

k (Play/Pause): Press to pausethe track currently playing; pressagain to resume playback.

( REC: Press to record musicfrom a CD or USB drive.

DEL: Press to delete the currenttrack from MEM.

FAV (Favorites): Press to displayMEM favorites.

1 to 6: Press to select a track orplaylist stored in that numericposition.

Page 218: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-26 Infotainment System

Recording from Audio CDs

The infotainment system can recordthe current song playing or all songsfrom an audio CD to MEM. A statusbar appears on the top of thedisplay when the recording processstarts and disappears when theprocess has ended. Copy protectedCDs cannot be recorded to MEM.

Recording to MEM

Press ( REC, then select “RecordCurrent Song” or “Record All Songson Disc.” If the track has startedplaying, the system will restart thetrack and begin recording from thebeginning of the track. When thesong recording is completed, themessage “Song Recorded to MEM”displays, and there may be a slightpause.

Songs recorded to MEM are storedas the current date, disc, and tracknumber.

Re-recording a PreviouslyRecorded Disc

If the disc or track has already beenrecorded to MEM, the message“The Song(s) is Already Recorded”displays.

Stopping the Recording

Press the ( REC button whilerecording from an audio CD todisplay the stop recording option.Select “Stop Recording Songto MEM.”

Renaming Recorded Discs

Discs that have been recorded toMEM can be renamed.

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Rename Recorded Discs.

3. Select the disc.

4. Select Album or Artist to renameeither one.

5. Use the MENU/SELECT knobto enter the character sequence.See Operation on page 7‑7 formore information.

Recording from MP3/WMADiscs or USB Storage Devices

USB Host Support

The USB connector uses theUSB standards, 1.1 and 2.0.

USB‐Supported Devices. USB Flash Drives. Portable USB Hard Drives

Recording to MEM

Press ( REC, then select “RecordCurrent Song” or “Record All Songson Disc.”

The information stored by MEMis titled according to the ID3 tagassociated with it.

Re-recording a PreviouslyRecorded Disc

If the disc or track has already beenrecorded to MEM, the message“The Song(s) is Already Recorded”displays.

Page 219: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-27

Stopping the Recording

Press the ( REC button whilerecording from an MP3/WMA CDor USB storage device to displaythe stop recording option. Select“Stop Recording Song to MEM”

Deleting Tracks from MEM

Individual tracks and all tracks canbe deleted from MEM.

To delete individual tracks, pressand release the DEL button whilethe track is playing.

To delete all tracks from MEM,press and hold the DEL buttonwhile a track is playing.

Playing from MEM

Playing Back a PreviouslyRecorded CD

Turn the TUNE knob to select atrack if MEM is already playingfrom the previously recorded disc.

1. Select Recorded Disc List.

2. Select the disc.

3. Select the track.

Searching for a Track

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres

The number of objects in eachcategory is shown in parenthesesafter the category.

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, or Genres.

4. Select the track. The search rateincreases if the MENU/SELECTknob is continuously turnedwhile searching in a list.

Shuffle Songs

Select the Shuffle Songs optionfrom the MEM menu to randomlyplay back tracks stored in MEM.

Page 220: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-28 Infotainment System

Configuring MEM Favorites

During MEM playback, press theFAV button to change betweenfavorite categories. The favoritecategories are:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Genres

To remove MEM favoritescategories:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select MEM Favorites.

4. Remove the checkmark fromthe box to remove that MEMfavorites category.

Replace the checkmark to re-addthe removed category.

Saving MEM Tracks asFavorites

Favorites can be saved bypressing and holding one ofthe 1 to 6 buttons. Favorites can bestored according to the following list:

Playlist: Adds the currently playingtrack to the playlist selected.

Artist: Saves the artist associatedwith the currently playing track inthe indicated favorites position.

Album: Saves the albumassociated with the currentlyplaying track in the indicatedfavorites position.

Genre: Saves the genre associatedwith the currently playing track inthe indicated favorites position.

Creating Playlists

To create a playlist using tracksstored in MEM:

1. Select Playlist from the MEMfavorites.

2. Select the track to be stored inthe playlist.

3. Press and hold one of the1 to 6 buttons until the trackcan be heard again to storethe track.

4. Repeat Steps 1 though 3 tostore additional tracks in theplaylist.

Page 221: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (29,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-29

Auxiliary Devices(Radio with CD)The optional AUX input allowsportable devices to connectto the vehicle using the 3.5 mm(1/8 in) input jack, the USB port,or Bluetooth® wireless technology,if equipped.

Portable devices are controlled byusing the menu system described inOperation on page 7‑7.

The AUX input is located in thecenter console.

3.5mm Auxiliary Input Jack

Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable tothe 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack touse a portable audio player.

Playback of an audio device that isconnected to the 3.5 mm auxiliaryinput jack can only be controlledusing the controls on the device.

Adjusting the Volume

Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust thevolume of the infotainment systemafter the volume level has been seton the portable audio device.

USB Port

For vehicles with a USB port, thefollowing devices may be connectedand controlled by the infotainmentsystem.. iPods®

. PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)

. USB Drives

. Zunes

Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives,and Zunes are compatible with theinfotainment system.

Connecting and Controllingan iPod®

Not all iPods can be controlled bythe infotainment system.

Connecting an iPod

Connect the iPod to the USB port.

Searching for a Track

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Podcasts. Genres. Audiobooks. Composers

Page 222: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (30,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-30 Infotainment System

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,Audiobooks, or Composers.

4. Select the track.

Shuffle

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs (Random) to Onor Off, then press the BACK buttonto return to the main screen.

On: Plays tracks in the currentfolder in random order.

Off: Plays tracks in the currentfolder in sequential order.

Repeat

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Repeat to On or Off, then pressthe BACK button to return to themain screen.

On: Repeats the current track.

Off: Playback starts from thebeginning of the current track afterthe last track finishes.

Connecting and Controlling aPlaysForSure Device (PFD)or Zune™

Connecting a PFD or Zune

Connect the PFD or Zune to theUSB port.

Searching for a Track

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Podcasts. Genres

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists,Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts,or Genres.

4. Select the track.

Page 223: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (31,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-31

Shuffle Functionality

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs (Random) to Onor Off.

On: Plays current tracks in randomorder.

Off: Plays current tracks insequential order.

Repeat Functionality

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Repeat to On or Off.

Repeat On: Repeats the currenttrack.

Repeat Off: Playback starts fromthe beginning of the current trackafter the last track finishes.

Connecting and Controlling aUSB Drive

The infotainment system can onlyplay back .mp3 and .wma files froma USB drive.

Only the first 10,000 songs arerecognized on the device.

When a device is not supported,the message “No supported datafound. You can safely disconnectthe device” appears.

Connecting a USB Drive

Connect the USB drive to theUSB port.

Searching for a Track

It is normal for the search featureto take some time to display theinformation after reading the devicedue to the amount of informationstored.

Files that do not have any metadata stored in the ID3 tag displayas Unknown.

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists*. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres. Folder View

*This only displays if a playlist isfound on the device.

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists,Albums, Song Titles, Genres,or Folder View.

4. Select the track.

Page 224: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (32,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-32 Infotainment System

Shuffle Functionality

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs (Random) to Onor Off.

On: Plays current tracks in randomorder.

Off: Plays current tracks insequential order.

Repeat Functionality

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Repeat to On or Off.

Repeat On: Repeats the currenttrack.

Repeat Off: Playback starts fromthe beginning of the current trackafter the last track finishes.

Connecting a Bluetooth®

Device

Before a Bluetooth device canbe connected to the infotainmentsystem, it must first be paired to thesystem. Not all Bluetooth devicescan be paired to the infotainmentsystem. Before pairing the Bluetoothdevice, become familiar with itsuser guide for Bluetooth functions.The system only connects toBluetooth devices that supportA2DP (Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) version 1.2.

A Bluetooth phone with MP3capability cannot be paired tothe vehicle as a phone and anMP3 player at the same time.

Pairing Information:. Up to five devices can be paired

to the system.. The pairing process is disabled

when the vehicle is moving.. The infotainment system

automatically links with the firstavailable paired device in theorder the device was paired.

. Only one paired device can beconnected to the infotainmentsystem at a time.

. Pairing should only need to becompleted once, unless changesto the pairing information havebeen made or the device isdeleted.

Page 225: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (33,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-33

Bluetooth Setup Menu

The Bluetooth Setup menu can beaccessed with or without a deviceattached to the USB port.

To select the Bluetooth Setup menuwhen a device is attached to theUSB port and active:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knobwhile in the iPod, Zune, PFD,or USB device main menu.

2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.

To select the Bluetooth Music Setupmenu when a device is not attachedto the USB port, or when a deviceis attached to the USB port but notactive:

1. Press the AUX button until AUXis the active source.

2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.

To select the Bluetooth Music Setupmenu when a Bluetooth device isconnected and active:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.

Pairing a Device

1. Select Connect To New Devicefrom the Bluetooth MusicSetup menu.

2. The system asks a series ofYes/No questions to determinewhat type of device is beingpaired.

3. After the system determineswhat type of Bluetooth deviceis being paired, the Bluetoothdevice will need to be put intodiscovery mode.

4. Some devices may requirea Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN) in order tocomplete the pairing process.Locate the device named“GMusicConnect” in the list onthe Bluetooth device and followthe instructions on the device toenter the four‐digit PIN providedby the infotainment system.

Connecting to a Device

Once a device is paired to theinfotainment system, it can beconnected to the infotainmentsystem.

To connect a paired device whenno other device is connected to theinfotainment system:

1. Select the Select Device optionfrom the Bluetooth MusicSetup menu.

2. Select the new device.

Page 226: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (34,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-34 Infotainment System

To connect a paired device whenanother device is connected to theinfotainment system:

1. Select the Select Device optionfrom the Bluetooth MusicSetup menu.

2. Select the new device.

3. The active device isdisconnected from thesystem and the newdevice is connected.

Removing a Device

1. Select Remove Device from theBluetooth Music Setup menu.

2. Select the device.

3. The device is removed from thesystem.

Before connecting to the removeddevice again, it will need to pairedto the infotainment system.

Changing the Default PIN

To change the default PIN:

1. Select Change Default PINfrom the Bluetooth MusicSetup menu.

2. Select one of the pre‐definedPIN, or select Other to createa PIN.

To create a PIN:

1. Select the length of the PIN.

2. Enter the character sequence.

Messages

The following messages mayappear on the infotainment screen.

Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality:This message displays when theBluetooth signal strength is low.

This Feature is Unavailable WhileVehicle is Moving: This messagedisplays when an action is notallowed while the vehicle is moving.

Controlling a Bluetooth®

Device

Bluetooth devices that supportAVRCP (Audio/Video RemoteControl Profile) version 1.0 maybe able to be controlled by theinfotainment system.

Press and releaseg SEEK /l SEEK to skip tracks.

Other Information

The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are owned by the Bluetooth®

SIG, Inc. and any use of such marksby General Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑23 for FCC information.

Page 227: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (35,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-35

Auxiliary Devices(Radio with CD/DVDand MEM)The optional AUX input allowsportable devices to be connectedusing the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jackor the USB port.

Portable devices are controlled byusing the menu system described inOperation on page 7‑7.

The AUX input is located in thecenter console.

3.5mm Auxiliary Input Jack

Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable tothe 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack touse a portable audio player.

Playback of an audio device that isconnected to the 3.5 mm auxiliaryinput jack can only be controlledusing the controls on the device.

Adjusting the Volume

Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust thevolume of the infotainment systemafter the volume level has been seton the portable audio device.

USB Port

The following devices may beconnected to the USB port andcontrolled by the infotainmentsystem.. iPods. USB Mass Storage Devices

Not all iPods or USB Mass StorageDevices are compatible with theinfotainment system.

Connecting and Controllingan iPod®

Not all iPods can be controlled bythe infotainment system.

Connecting an iPod

Connect the iPod to the USB port.

Selecting a Track

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob to select atrack in the current submenu.The track will start to play.

Playing Tracks in Random Order

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andset Shuffle Songs to On or Off.

Shuffle On: Plays current tracks inrandom order.

Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks insequential order.

Page 228: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (36,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-36 Infotainment System

Searching for a Track

Tracks can be searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres. Composers. Audiobooks

The number of objects in eachcategory is shown in parenthesesafter the category.

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists,Albums, Song Titles, Genres,Composers, or Audiobooks.

4. Select the track. The search rateincreases if the MENU/SELECTknob is continuously turnedwhile searching in a list.

Connecting and Controlling aUSB Drive

Files that are not stored infolders are displayed in theroot directory (USB).

Connecting a USB Drive

Connect the USB drive to theUSB port.

Disconnecting a USB Drive

A USB drive should be ejected fromthe USB port before disconnectingit. To eject a USB drive:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select USB Eject.

Playing Tracks in Random Order

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob andthen set Shuffle Songs to On.

Selecting a Track

Using the control buttons:

. Pressg SEEK orl SEEK toselect the previous or next track.

. Turn the TUNE knob to select atrack in the current submenu.The track will start to play.

Selecting a track in a differentfolder:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Folder List.

3. Select the folder.

4. Select the track.

Searching for Tracks

It is normal for the search featureto take some time to display theinformation after reading the devicedue to the amount of informationstored.

Files that do not have any metadata stored in the ID3 tag displayas Unknown.

Page 229: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (37,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-37

Tracks can be searched by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres

The number of objects in eachcategory is shown in parenthesesafter the category.

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, or Genres.

4. Select the track. The search rateincreases if the MENU/SELECTknob is continuously turnedwhile searching in a list.

Recording Tracks to MEM

See Mass Storage Media (MEM) onpage 7‑25 for more information.

Rear SeatInfotainment

Rear Seat Entertainment(RSE) SystemThe vehicle may have a DVD RearSeat Entertainment (RSE) system.The RSE system works with thevehicle's infotainment system.The DVD player is part of the frontradio. The RSE system includesa radio with a DVD player, tworear seat video display screens,audio/video jacks, two wirelessheadphones, and a remote control.See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑21or the separate navigation manualfor more information on the vehicle'sDVD system.

Before Driving

The RSE is for rear seatpassengers only. The drivercannot safely view the videoscreen while driving.

In severe or extreme weatherconditions the RSE system may notwork until the temperature is withinthe operating range. The operatingrange is above −20°C (−4°F)and below 60°C (140°F). If thetemperature is outside of this range,heat or cool the vehicle until it iswithin the operating range.

Global Off

Depending on the infotainmentsystem, the RSE system mayhave a Global Off feature.The Global Off feature disablesall RSE system features. Pressand hold the radio power buttonfor more than three seconds forGlobal Off to disable the RSEfeatures. A padlock icon maydisplay on the infotainment screenwhen the Global Off feature is on.

Page 230: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (38,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-38 Infotainment System

On some infotainment systems, theGlobal Off feature can be turned offby performing one of the following:. Press and hold the radio

power button for more thanthree seconds.

. Insert or eject any disc.

. Insert a DVD video disc.

. Press the Remote Control powerbutton.

. Press the MEM/CD/AUX buttonor thek button when a DVDvideo disc is in the player.

. Press the SRC button on thesteering wheel when a DVDvideo disc is in the player.

. Cycle the ignition.

Headphones

A. Battery cover

B. Channel 1 or 2 switch

C. Power button

D. Volume control

E. Power indicator light

RSE includes two 2-channelwireless headphones. Channel 1is dedicated to the DVD player,and Channel 2 is dedicated toRSA selections. The headphonesare used to listen to variousmulti‐media. If the vehicle is notequipped with RSA, then Channel 2is dedicated to any external auxiliarydevice connected to the rear A/Vjacks. The wireless headphoneshave a power button, Channel 1 or2 switch, and a volume control. Turnthe headphones off when not in use.

Push the power button to turn onthe headphones. A light on theheadphones comes on. If thelight does not come on, check thebatteries. Intermittent sound or staticcan also indicate weak batteries.See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section for more information.

Page 231: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (39,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-39

Infrared transmitters are on thetop of the left seatback videoscreen. The headphones shut offautomatically to save the batterypower if the RSE system and RSAare shut off or if the headphones areout of range of the transmitters formore than three minutes. Movingtoo far forward or stepping out of thevehicle can cause the headphonesto lose the signal or have static.

To adjust the volume on theheadphones, use the volumecontrol.

For best audio performance, theheadphones must be worn correctly,with the headband over the top ofthe head. L (Left) and R (Right)are above the ear pads andare indicators as to how theheadphones should be placedon the head.

Notice: Do not store theheadphones in heat or directsunlight. This could damagethe headphones and repairs willnot be covered by the warranty.Storage in extreme cold canweaken the batteries. Keep theheadphones stored in a cool,dry place.

If the foam ear pads attached tothe headphones become worn ordamaged, the pads can be replacedseparately from the headphone set.To purchase replacement ear pads,call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then promptzero (0), or contact your dealer.

Battery Replacement

To change the batteries:

1. Loosen the screw to the batterydoor located on the left side ofthe headphones.

2. Slide the battery door open.

3. Replace the two AAA batteries.

4. Replace the battery door andtighten the screw.

Remove the batteries if theheadphones are not going to beused for a long period of time.

Page 232: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (40,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-40 Infotainment System

Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks

The A/V jacks may be locatedon the rear of the floor console.They allow audio or video cablesto be connected from an auxiliarydevice such as a camcorder or avideo game system.

The A/V jacks are color coded:. Yellow for video input.. White for left audio input.. Red for right audio input.

Power for auxiliary devices is notsupplied by the radio system.

To use the auxiliary inputs of theRSE system:

1. Connect the auxiliary devicecables to the A/V jacks.

2. Power on both the auxiliarydevice and the RSE videoscreen.

Changing the Source on the VideoDisplay Screens

The image from the auxiliary devicecan be switched between the videodisplay screens.

To change the display:

1. Press the AUX button on theremote control to change thesource of both video screensfrom the DVD player to theauxiliary device.

2. Press the AUX button a secondtime to change the left videoscreen source to the DVD playerand the right video screen to theauxiliary device.

3. Press the AUX button a thirdtime to change the left videoscreen source to the auxiliarydevice and the right videoscreen to the DVD player.

4. Press the AUX button a fourthtime to change the source ofboth video screens to the DVDplayer.

Changing the RSE Video ScreenSettings

The screen display mode,brightness, and language can bechanged from the setup menu usingthe remote control. To change asetting:

1. Pressz.

2. Usen,q, p,o , andr toselect the settings.

3. Pressz again to exit thesetup menu.

Page 233: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (41,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-41

Audio Output

Audio from the DVD player orauxiliary inputs can be heardthrough the following:. Wireless headphones. Vehicle speakers. Vehicle wired headphone jacks

on the rear seat audio system,if the vehicle has this feature.

The RSE system transmits theaudio signal to the wirelessheadphones if an audio signal isavailable. See “Headphones” earlierin this section for more information.

Audio can be heard from thewired headphone jacks on theRSA system by selecting thedesired source from the RSAsystem, if the vehicle has thisfeature.

The front seat passengers are ableto listen to playback from the A/Vjacks through the vehicle speakersby selecting Rear A/V as the sourceon the radio.

Video Screens

The video screens are locatedin the back of the driver and frontpassenger seats.

To use the video screen:

1. Push the release button locatedon the seatback console.

2. Move the screen to the desiredviewing position.

Push the video screen down into itslocked position when it is not in use.The screen turns off automatically.

Only the left RSE seatback consolecontains the infrared transmittersfor the wireless headphones.They may be visible as eightilluminated LEDs. These LEDsare not on the right video screen.Both seatback consoles containan infrared receiver for the remotecontrol. They are located at the topof each console.

Notice: Avoid directly touchingthe video screen, as damage mayoccur. See “Cleaning the VideoScreens” later in this section formore information.

Video Screen Input Jack

Each video screen is equippedwith a video input jack to allowvideo cables to be connectedfrom an auxiliary device such asa camcorder or a video gamesystem. This signal will override anyvideo provided by the RSE system;either the DVD or Auxiliary A/V jacksource. The RSE system must beon for this input to operate.

Page 234: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (42,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-42 Infotainment System

Remote Control

To use the remote control, aim itat the transmitter window at eitherseatback console and press thebutton. Direct sunlight or very brightlight could affect the ability of theRSE transmitter to receive signalsfrom the remote control. Checkthe batteries if the remote controldoes not seem to be working.

See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section. Objects blocking theline of sight could also affect thefunction of the remote control.

If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in theRadio DVD slot, the remote controlO button can be used to turn onthe video screen display and startthe disc. The infotainment systemcan also turn on the video screendisplay. See CD/DVD Player onpage 7‑21 or the separatenavigation manual for moreinformation.

Notice: Storing the remotecontrol in a hot area or in directsunlight can damage it, and therepairs will not be covered bythe warranty. Storage in extremecold can weaken the batteries.Keep the remote control storedin a cool, dry place.

Remote Control Buttons

O (Power): Press to turn the videoscreens on and off.

P (Illumination): Press to turnthe remote control backlight on.The backlight times out after severalseconds if no other button ispressed.

v (Title): Press to return tothe main menu of the DVD.This function could vary foreach disc.

y (Main Menu): Press to accessthe DVD menu. The DVD menu isdifferent on every DVD. Use thenavigation arrows to move thecursor. After making a selectionpress the enter button. This buttononly operates when using a DVD.

n,q, p,o (Menu NavigationArrows): Use the arrow buttons tonavigate through a menu.

Page 235: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (43,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-43

r (Enter): Press to select thehighlighted choice in any menu.

z (Display Menu): Press toadjust the brightness and screendisplay mode, and display thelanguage menu.

q (Return): Press to exit thecurrent active menu and return tothe previous menu. This buttonoperates only when the displaymenu or a DVD menu is active.

c (Stop): Press to stop playing,rewinding, or fast forwarding aDVD. Press twice to return tothe beginning of the DVD.

s (Play/Pause): Press to startplaying a DVD. Press to pause aDVD while it is playing. Press againto continue playing.

Depending on the infotainmentsystem in the vehicle, DVDplayback may be slowed downby pressings then[. Reverse

slow play by pressings thenr.

Presss again to cancel slow play.

t (Previous Track/Chapter):Press to go to the start of thecurrent track or chapter. Pressagain to go to the previous trackor chapter. This button may notwork when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

u (Next Track/Chapter): Pressto go to the beginning of the nextchapter or track. This button mightnot work when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

r (Fast Reverse): Press toquickly reverse the DVD or CD.To stop fast reversing a DVD video,presss. To stop fast reversing

a DVD audio or CD, releaser.This button might not work whenthe DVD is playing the copyrightinformation or the previews.

[ (Fast Forward): Press to fastforward the DVD or CD. To stop fastforwarding a DVD video, presss.To stop fast forwarding a DVD audioor CD, release[. This button mightnot work when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

e (Audio): Press to changeaudio tracks on DVDs that havethis feature when the DVD isplaying.

{ (Subtitles): Press to turnON/OFF subtitles and to movethrough subtitle options when aDVD is playing.

AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switchthe video displays between the DVDplayer and an auxiliary source.

Page 236: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (44,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-44 Infotainment System

The AUX button also controls thesource display between the left andright video screens as described inthe table below:

AuxButtonPress

LeftScreen

RightScreen

DefaultState (NoPress)

DVDMedia

DVDMedia

FirstPress

Aux VideoSource

Aux VideoSource

SecondPress

DVDMedia

Aux VideoSource

ThirdPress

Aux VideoSource

DVDMedia

FourthPress

Return toDefaultState

Return toDefaultState

2 (Camera): Press to changethe camera angle on DVDs thathave this feature when the DVDis playing.

\ (Clear) (If Available): Pressthis button within three secondsafter inputting a numeric selection,to clear all numeric inputs.

} 10 (Double Digit Entries)(If Available): Press this buttonto select chapter or track numbersgreater than 9. Press this buttonbefore inputting the number.

1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad):The numbered keypad provides thecapability of direct chapter or tracknumber selection.

Replacing the Remote Control

If the remote control becomeslost or damaged, a new universalremote control can be purchased.Use a Toshiba® code set forreplacement universal remotecontrols.

Battery Replacement

To change the remote controlbatteries:

1. Slide back the rear cover on theremote control.

2. Replace the two batteries in thecompartment.

3. Replace the battery cover.

Remove the batteries from theremote control if unused for anextended period of time.

Page 237: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (45,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-45

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Recommended Action

No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

The picture does not fill the screen. There are blackborders on the top and bottom or on both sides or itlooks stretched out.

Check the display mode settings in the setup menu bypressing the display menu button on the remote control.

In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices.

The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between theremote control and the transmitter window.Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead orinstalled incorrectly.

After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimesthe DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at thebeginning.

If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD playerresumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If thestop button was pressed two times, the DVD playerbegins to play from the beginning of the DVD.

Page 238: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (46,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-46 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd)

Problem Recommended Action

The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture orsound.

Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliarysource mode by pressing the AUX button on the remotecontrol.Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices.

Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out orbuzzes.

Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range,and interference from cellular telephone towers or byusing a cellular telephone in the vehicle.Check that the headphones are on correctly using theL (left) and R (right) on the headphones.Check that the headphones are positioned properly withthe headband across the top of the head.

I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance.

The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVDplayer by pressing the AUX button on the remotecontrol.

Page 239: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (47,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-47

DVD Display Error Messages

The DVD display error messagedepends on which radio the vehiclehas. The video screen may displayone of the following:

Disc Load/Eject Error orMechanical Error: There aredisc load or eject problems.

Disc Format Error or UnknownFormat: The disc is inserted withthe disc label wrong side up, or thedisc is damaged.

Disc Region Error or Disc Error:The disc is not from a correctregion.

No Disc Inserted: No disc ispresent when theY or MEM/CD/AUX button is pressed on the radio.

DVD Distortion

Video distortion can occur whenoperating cellular phones, scanners,CB radios, Global Position Systems(GPSs)*, two-way radios, mobilefaxes, or walkie talkies.

It might be necessary to turn off theDVD player when operating one ofthese devices in or near the vehicle.

*Excludes the OnStar® System.

Cleaning the RSE SeatbackConsole

Use only a clean cloth dampenedwith clean water to clean the RSEseatback console surface.

Cleaning the Video Screens

Use only a clean cloth dampenedwith clean water. Use care whentouching or cleaning the screensas damage could result.

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)SystemVehicles with this feature allowthe rear seat passengers to listento and control any of the musicsources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or otherauxiliary sources. RSA can onlycontrol music sources that the frontseat passengers are not listening to,except on radios where dual controlis allowed.

RSA can function when the frontradio is off.X displays on theinfotainment system when RSAis on.

Audio can be heard throughwired headphones (not included)plugged into the jacks on the RSA.If the vehicle has a Rear SeatEntertainment system with wirelessheadphones, audio can also beheard on Channel 2 of the wirelessheadphones.

Page 240: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (48,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-48 Infotainment System

To listen to a portable audiodevice through the RSA, attachthe portable audio device to eitherthe front or rear auxiliary input,if available. Turn the device on,then choose the front auxiliaryinput with the RSA SRCE button.

A. Left side volume control.

Turn to increase or decreasethe volume of the leftheadphones.

B. Right side volume control.

Turn to increase or decreasethe volume of the rightheadphones.

C. Left side 3.5 mm (1/8 in)headphone auxiliary jack.

D. Right side 3.5 mm (1/8 in)headphone auxiliary jack.

P (Power): Press to turn the RSAon or off.

SRCE (Source): Press to selectbetween the radio, CD, and if thesefeatures are available: DVD, frontor rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. Thefront radio may override the rearselection as required.

© or ¨ (Seek): While listeningto the radio, press to go to theprevious or to the next stationand stay there. If the front seatpassengers are listening to theradio, this function may be inactiveon some radios.

Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune”displays. Continue to press © or ¨ totune to an individual station. Tunestays active until © or ¨ has notbeen pressed for several seconds.

If the front seat passengers arelistening to the radio, this functionmay be inactive on some radios.

While listening to a disc, press ¨ togo to the next track or chapter onthe disc. Press © to go back to thestart of the current track or chapter ifmore than 10 seconds have played.If the front seat passengers arelistening to a disc, this function maybe inactive on some radios. Pressand hold © or ¨ to fast reverse orfast forward.

When a DVD video menu is beingdisplayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up

or down on the menu. Hold © or ¨ tocursor left or right on the menu.

PROG (Program): Press to goto the next preset radio station orchannel set on the main radio. If thefront seat passengers are listeningto the radio, this function may beinactive on some radios.

Page 241: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (49,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-49

When a CD or DVD audio disc isplaying, press PROG to go to thebeginning of the disc or display discinfo. If the front seat passengers arelistening to a disc, this function maybe inactive on some radios.

When a disc is playing in the CDor DVD changer, press and holdPROG to select the next disc,if multiple discs are loaded. If thefront seat passengers are listeningto a disc, this function may beinactive on some radios.

The PROG button may be used toaccess the menu of an MP3. Oncein the menu, use © or ¨ to makeselections.

When a DVD video menu isdisplayed, press PROG, or pressand hold PROG to perform themenu function, then press ENTER.

Phone

Bluetooth (Overview)For vehicles equipped withBluetooth capability, the systemcan interact with many cell phones,allowing:. Placement and receipt of calls in

a hands-free mode.. Sharing of the cell phone’s

address book or contact listwith the vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction,before driving, and with the vehicleparked:. Become familiar with the

features of the cell phone.Organize the phone book andcontact lists clearly and deleteduplicate or rarely used entries.If possible, program speed dialor other shortcuts.

. Review the controls andoperation of the infotainmentsystem.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.The system may not work withall cell phones. See “Pairing” inthis section for more information.

. If the cell phone has voicedialing capability, learn touse that feature to access theaddress book or contact list.See “Voice Pass-Thru” in thissection for more information.

. See “Storing and Deleting PhoneNumbers” in this section formore information.

{ WARNING

When using a cell phone,it can be distracting to look toolong or too often at the screenof the phone or the infotainment(navigation) system. Taking youreyes off the road too long ortoo often could cause a crashresulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Page 242: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (50,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-50 Infotainment System

Vehicles with a Bluetooth systemcan use a Bluetooth‐capable cellphone with a Hands‐Free Profileto make and receive phone calls.The infotainment system and voicerecognition are used to controlthe system. The system canbe used while in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY. The rangeof the Bluetooth system can beup to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phonessupport all functions and not allphones work with the Bluetoothsystem. See www.gm.com/bluetoothfor more information aboutcompatible phones.

Bluetooth Controls

Use the buttons located on theinfotainment system and thesteering wheel to operate theBluetooth system.

Steering Wheel Controls

b / g (Push To Talk): Press toanswer incoming calls, confirmsystem information, and start voicerecognition.

0 /c (End Call/Mute): Press toend a call, reject a call, or cancel anoperation.

Infotainment System Controls

If equipped, the infotainmentsystem allows certain controls to beselected on the infotainment display.

For information about how tonavigate the menu system using theinfotainment controls, see Operationon page 7‑7.

PHONE: Press to enter the Phonemain menu.

Voice Recognition

The voice recognition system usescommands to control the systemand dial phone numbers.

Noise: The system may notrecognize voice commands if thereis too much background noise.

When to Speak: A tone sounds toindicate that the system is ready fora voice command. Wait for the toneand then speak.

How to Speak: Speak clearly in acalm and natural voice.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth system,sound comes through the vehicle'sfront audio system speakersand overrides the audio system.Use the VOL/ O knob during acall to change the volume level.The adjusted volume levelremains in memory for later calls.The system maintains a minimumvolume level.

Page 243: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (51,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-51

Other Information

The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are owned by the Bluetooth®

SIG, Inc. and any use of such marksby General Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

See Radio FrequencyStatement on page 13‑23 forinformation regarding Part 15of the Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules andIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls)For information about how tonavigate the menu system using theinfotainment controls, see Operationon page 7‑7.

Pairing

A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phonemust be paired to the Bluetoothsystem and then connected tothe vehicle before it can be used.See your cell phone manufacturer'suser guide for Bluetooth functionsbefore pairing the cell phone. If aBluetooth phone is not connected,calls will be made using OnStarHands‐Free Calling, if available.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1for more information.

Pairing Information. A Bluetooth phone with MP3

capability cannot be paired tothe vehicle as a phone and anMP3 player at the same time.

. Up to five cell phones can bepaired to the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabledwhen the vehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to becompleted once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phonesare within range of the system,the system connects to the firstavailable paired cell phone inthe order that they were firstpaired to the system. To link toa different paired phone, see“Linking to a Different Phone”later in this section.

Page 244: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (52,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-52 Infotainment System

Pairing a Phone

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Pair Device (Phone).A four‐digit PersonalIdentification Number (PIN)appears on the display.The PIN is used is Step 6.

5. Start the pairing process on thecell phone to be paired to thevehicle. See the cell phonemanufacturer's user guide forinformation on this process.

6. Locate the device named “YourVehicle” in the list on the cellphone. Follow the instructionson the cell phone to enter thePIN provided in Step 4. Afterthe PIN is successfully entered,the system prompts you toprovide a name for the pairedcell phone. This name will beused to indicate which phonesare paired and connected to thevehicle. The system respondswith “<Phone name> has beensuccessfully paired” after thepairing process is complete.

7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pairadditional phones.

Listing All Paired and ConnectedPhones

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

Deleting a Paired Phone

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the phone to delete andfollow the on screen prompts.

Page 245: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (53,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-53

Linking to a Different Phone

To link to a different phone, the newphone must be in the vehicle andavailable to be connected to theBluetooth system before theprocess is started.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the new phone to linkto and follow the on screenprompts.

If delete is selected, thehighlighted phone will bedeleted.

Making a Call UsingPhone Book

For cell phones that support thephone book feature, the Bluetoothsystem can use the contacts storedon your cell phone to make calls.See your cell phone's owner's guideor contact your wireless provider tofind out if this feature is supportedby your phone.

When a cell phone supports thephone book feature, the PhoneBook and Call Lists menus areautomatically available.

The Phone Book menu allows youto access the phone book stored inthe cell phone to make a call.

The Call Lists menu allows you toaccess the phone numbers from theIncoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, andMissed Calls menus on your cellphone to make a call.

Radio with CD

To make a call using the PhoneBook menu:

1. Press the PHONE button twice.

2. Select Phone Book.

3. Search through the list byselecting the letter group thephone book entry begins with,or press the SELECT buttonto scroll through the entirelist of names/numbers in thephone book.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

To make a call using the CallLists menu:

1. Press the PHONE button twice.

2. Select Call Lists.

3. Select the Incoming Calls,Outgoing Calls, or MissedCalls list.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

Page 246: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (54,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-54 Infotainment System

Radio with CD/DVD and MEM

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Select Phone Book.

3. Search through the list byselecting the letter group thephone book entry begins with,or press the SELECT buttonto scroll through the entirelist of names/numbers in thephone book.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

To make a call using the CallLists menu:

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Select Call Lists.

3. Select the Incoming Calls,Outgoing Calls, or MissedCalls list.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

Making a Call

Radio with CD

1. Press the PHONE button twice.

2. Enter the character sequence.See “Entering a CharacterSequence” in Operation onpage 7‑7 for more information.

3. Select Call to start dialing thenumber.

Radio with CD/DVD and MEM

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Select Enter number.

3. Enter the character sequence.See “Entering a CharacterSequence” in Operation onpage 7‑7 for more information.

4. Select Call to start dialing thenumber.

Accepting or Declining a Call

When an incoming call is received,the infotainment system mutes anda ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call

Turn the MENU/SELECT knobto “Answer” and press the MENU/SELECT knob to accept the call.

Declining a Call

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to“Decline” and press the MENU/SELECT knob to decline the call.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported onthe Bluetooth phone and enabled bythe wireless service carrier to work.

Accepting a Call

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to“Answer” and press the MENU/SELECT knob to accept the call.

Declining a Call

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to“Decline” and press the MENU/SELECT knob to decline the call.

Page 247: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (55,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-55

Switching Between Calls(Call Waiting Calls Only)

To switch between calls:

1. Turn or press theMENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Switch Call fromthe menu.

Conference Calling

Conference calling and three‐waycalling must be supported on theBluetooth phone and enabled bythe wireless service carrier to work.

To start a conference while in acurrent call:

1. Turn or press theMENU/SELECT knob.

2. Select Enter Number.

3. Enter the character sequencethen select Call. See “Enteringa Character Sequence” inOperation on page 7‑7 formore information.

4. After the call has beenplaced, turn or press theMENU/SELECT knob andchoose Merge Calls.

5. To add more callers to theconference call, repeat Steps 1through 4. The number of callersthat can be added is limited byyour wireless service carrier.

Ending a Call

Turn or press the MENU/SELECTknob and select Hang Up.

Muting a Call

To Mute a Call

Turn or press the MENU/SELECTknob and select Mute Call.

To Cancel Mute

Turn or press the MENU/SELECTknob and select Mute Call.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) Tones

The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system cansend numbers during a call. This isused when calling a menu‐drivenphone system.

1. Turn or press the MENU/SELECT knob and selectEnter Number.

2. Enter the character sequence.See “Entering a CharacterSequence” in Operation onpage 7‑7 for more information.

Bluetooth (VoiceRecognition)

Using Voice Recognition

To use voice recognition, pressthe b / g button located on thesteering wheel. Use the commandsbelow for the various voice features.For additional information, say"Help" while you are in a voicerecognition menu.

Page 248: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (56,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-56 Infotainment System

Pairing

A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phonemust be paired to the Bluetoothsystem and then connected tothe vehicle before it can be used.See your cell phone manufacturer'suser guide for Bluetooth functionsbefore pairing the cell phone. If aBluetooth phone is not connected,calls will be made using OnStarHands‐Free Calling, if available.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1for more information.

Pairing Information. A Bluetooth phone with MP3

capability cannot be paired tothe vehicle as a phone and anMP3 player at the same time.

. Up to five cell phones can bepaired to the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabledwhen the vehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to becompleted once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phonesare within range of the system,the system connects to the firstavailable paired cell phone inthe order that they were firstpaired to the system. To linkto a different paired phone, see“Linking to a Different Phone”later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This commandcan be skipped.

3. Say “Pair.” The system respondswith instructions and a four‐digitPersonal Identification Number(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.

4. Start the pairing process on thecell phone that you want to pair.For help with this process, seeyour cell phone manufacturer'suser guide.

5. Locate the device named“Your Vehicle” in the list onthe cell phone. Follow theinstructions on the cell phone toenter the PIN provided in Step 3.After the PIN is successfullyentered, the system prompts youto provide a name for the pairedcell phone. This name will beused to indicate which phonesare paired and connected to thevehicle. The system respondswith “<Phone name> has beensuccessfully paired” after thepairing process is complete.

6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pairadditional phones.

Page 249: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (57,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-57

Listing All Paired and ConnectedPhones

The system can list all cell phonespaired to it. If a paired cell phone isalso connected to the vehicle, thesystem responds with “is connected”after that phone name.

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “List.”

Deleting a Paired Phone

If the phone name you want todelete is unknown, see “Listing AllPaired and Connected Phones.”

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “Delete.” The system asksfor which phone to delete.

4. Say the name of the phone youwant to delete.

Connecting to a Different Phone

To connect to a different cell phone,the Bluetooth system looks for thenext available cell phone in theorder in which all the available cellphones were paired. Dependingon which cell phone you want toconnect to, you may have to usethis command several times.

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “Change phone.”. If another cell phone is

found, the response willbe “<Phone name> is nowconnected.”

. If another cell phone is notfound, the original phoneremains connected.

Storing and Deleting PhoneNumbers

The system can store up to30 phone numbers as name tagsin the Hands‐Free Directory that isshared between the Bluetooth andOnStar systems.

The following commands are usedto delete and store phone numbers.

Store: This command will storea phone number, or a group ofnumbers as a name tag.

Digit Store: This command allowsa phone number to be stored as aname tag by entering the digits oneat a time.

Delete: This command is used todelete individual name tags.

Delete All Name Tags: Thiscommand deletes all stored nametags in the Hands‐Free CallingDirectory and the DestinationsDirectory.

Page 250: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (58,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-58 Infotainment System

Using the “Store” Command

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Store.”

3. Say the phone number or groupof numbers you want to storeall at once with no pauses, thenfollow the directions given by thesystem to save a name tag forthis number.

Using the “Digit Store” Command

If an unwanted number isrecognized by the system, say“Clear” at any time to clear thelast number.

To hear all of the numbersrecognized by the system,say “Verify” at any time.

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Digit Store.”

3. Say each digit, one at a time,that you want to store. Aftereach digit is entered, the systemrepeats back the digit it heardfollowed by a tone. After thelast digit has been entered,say “Store,” and then follow thedirections given by the system tosave a name tag for this number.

Using the “Delete” Command

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Delete.”

3. Say the name tag you want todelete.

Using the “Delete All Name Tags”Command

This command deletes allstored name tags in the HandsFree Calling Directory and theDestinations Directory.

To delete all name tags:

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Delete all name tags.”

Listing Stored Numbers

The list command will list all thestored numbers and name tags.

Using the “List” Command

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Directory.”

3. Say “Hands Free Calling.”

4. Say “List.”

Page 251: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (59,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-59

Making a Call

Calls can be made using thefollowing commands.

Dial or Call: The dial orcall command can be usedinterchangeably to dial a phonenumber or a stored name tag.

Digit Dial: This command allowsa phone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time.

Re‐dial: This command is used todial the last number used on the cellphone.

Using the “Dial” or “Call”Command

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing or say the name tag.

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Using the “Digit Dial” Command

The digit dial command allows aphone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time.After each digit is entered, thesystem repeats back the digit itheard followed by a tone.

If an unwanted number isrecognized by the system, say“Clear” at any time to clear thelast number.

To hear all of the numbersrecognized by the system,say “Verify” at any time.

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Digit Dial.”

3. Say each digit, one at a time,that you want to dial. After eachdigit is entered, the systemrepeats back the digit it heardfollowed by a tone. After thelast digit has been entered,say “Dial.”

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Using the “Re‐dial” Command

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.”The system dials the lastnumber called from theconnected cell phone.

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Receiving a Call

When an incoming call is received,the audio system mutes and a ringtone is heard in the vehicle.

. Press b / g to answer the call.

. Press 0 /c to ignore a call.

Page 252: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (60,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-60 Infotainment System

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported onthe cell phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier.

. Press b / g to answer anincoming call when anothercall is active. The originalcall is placed on hold.

. Press b / g again to return tothe original call.

. To ignore the incoming call,no action is required.

. Press 0 /c to disconnect thecurrent call and switch to the callon hold.

Three‐Way Calling

Three‐way calling must besupported on the cell phoneand enabled by the wirelessservice carrier.

1. While on a call, press b / g.2. Say “Three‐way call.”

3. Use the dial or call command todial the number of the third partyto be called.

4. Once the call is connected,press b / g to link all callerstogether.

Ending a Call

Press 0 /c to end a call.

Muting a Call

During a call, all sounds from insidethe vehicle can be muted so that theperson on the other end of the callcannot hear them.

To mute a call, press b / g , andthen say “Mute Call.”

To cancel mute, press b / g , andthen say “Un‐mute Call.”

Transferring a Call

Audio can be transferred betweenthe Bluetooth system and the cellphone.

The cell phone must be pairedand connected with the Bluetoothsystem before a call can betransferred. The connection processcan take up to two minutes after theignition is turned to ON/RUN.

To Transfer Audio from theBluetooth System to a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio in thevehicle:

1. Press b / g.2. Say “Transfer Call.”

Page 253: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (61,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-61

To Transfer Audio to the BluetoothSystem from a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio on thecell phone, press b / g. The audiotransfers to the vehicle. If the audiodoes not transfer to the vehicle,use the audio transfer feature onthe cell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide for moreinformation.

Voice Pass-Thru

Voice pass‐thru allows access tothe voice recognition commands onthe cell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide to see ifthe cell phone supports this feature.

To access contacts stored in the cellphone:

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This commandcan be skipped.

3. Say “Voice.” The systemresponds “OK, accessing<phone name>.”

The cell phone's normal promptmessages will go through their cycleaccording to the phone's operatinginstructions.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) Tones

The Bluetooth system can sendnumbers and the numbers stored asname tags during a call. You canuse this feature when calling amenu‐driven phone system.Account numbers can also bestored for use.

Sending a Number or Name TagDuring a Call

1. Press b / g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followedby a tone.

2. Say “Dial.”

3. Say the number or name tagto send.

Clearing the System

Unless information is deleted outof the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system,it will be retained indefinitely.This includes all saved name tags inthe phone book and phone pairinginformation. For information on howto delete this information, see theprevious sections on “Deleting aPaired Phone” and “DeletingName Tags.”

Page 254: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (62,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-62 Infotainment System

Bluetooth(UHP Mexico Only)

General Information

Vehicles with a UniversalHands‐free Phone (UHP) systemcan use a Bluetooth® capablemobile phone with a Hands-FreeProfile to make and receive phonecalls. The infotainment system andvoice control are used to control thesystem. The system can be usedwhile the ignition is in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY. The range ofthe UHP system can be up to 10 m(33 ft). Not all phones support allfunctions and not all phones workwith the UHP system.

Other Information

The Bluetooth word mark and logosare owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks byGeneral Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

UHP Controls

Use the buttons located on theinfotainment system and thesteering wheel to operate theUHP system.

Steering Wheel Controls

Steering wheel controls can beused to:. Answer incoming calls. Confirm system information. Start voice recognition. End a call. Reject a call. Cancel an operation. Make outgoing calls using the

call list

b / g (Push To Talk): Press toanswer incoming calls, to confirmsystem information, and to startvoice control. Press and hold fortwo to three seconds to access thecall list.

$ /i (End call/Mute): Press toend a call, reject a call, or to cancelan operation.

To make outgoing calls using thecall list.

1. Press the b / g button.

2. Highlight the phone numberby toggling the SRC switch upor down.

3. Dial the highlighted number bypressing the b / g button.

Infotainment System Controls

For information about how tonavigate the menu system usingthe navigation system controls, seethe separate Navigation SystemManual.

PHONE: Press to enter the Phonemain menu.

Page 255: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (63,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-63

Voice Control

The voice control system usescommands to control the systemand dial phone numbers.

Noise: The system may notrecognize voice commands if thereis too much background noise.

When to Speak: A tone sounds toindicate that the system is ready fora voice command. Wait for the toneand then speak.

How to Speak: Speak clearly in acalm and natural voice.

Audio System

When using the UHP system,sound comes through the vehicle'sfront audio system speakersand overrides the audio system.Use the VOL/ O knob during acall to change the volume level.The adjusted volume levelremains in memory for later calls.The system maintains a minimumvolume level.

Turning Bluetooth On or Off

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Activation.

Changing Bluetooth Code

The default Bluetooth code shouldwork with most mobile phones.If you are having difficulty pairingyour mobile phone, you can changethe code at any time.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Change Bluetooth Code.

5. Enter a new four-digit code, thenselect OK.

Ring Tone

There are three different ring tonesavailable for the UHP system.

To change the ring tone:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Ring Tones.

4. Select Ring Tone 1, 2, or 3.

Default Settings

Selecting this option will reset thering tones and the Bluetooth code.

Pairing

A Bluetooth enabled mobile phonemust be paired to the UHP systemfirst and then connected to thevehicle before it can be used. Seethe mobile phone manufacturer'suser guide for Bluetooth functionsbefore pairing the mobile phone.

Page 256: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (64,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-64 Infotainment System

Pairing Information:. Up to five mobile phones can be

paired to the UHP system. The pairing process is disabled

when the vehicle is moving. The UHP system connects with

the first available paired mobilephone in the order the phonewas paired

. Only one paired mobile phonecan be connected to the UHPsystem at a time

. Pairing should only need to becompleted once, unless changesto the pairing information havebeen made or the mobile phoneis deleted

Using UHP with InfotainmentControls

Pairing a Phone

If your mobile phone has simplepairing or auto discovery features,they need to be turned off beforethe mobile phone can be pairedto the UHP system. Reference themobile phone manufacturer's userguide for information on thesefeatures.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Pair Device or Add newHands‐free (HF) device on anavigation radio. A four-digitnumber appears on the displayand the UHP system goes intodiscovery mode.

5. Start the pairing process on themobile phone that will be pairedto the vehicle. Reference themobile phone manufacturer'suser guide for information onthis process.

Locate the device named UHPfollowed by a four‐digit numberin the list on the mobile phoneand follow the instructions onthe mobile phone and enterthe four-digit code provided bythe system if necessary, thenfollow the instructions on theinfotainment display screen.

6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pairadditional mobile phones.

Page 257: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (65,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-65

Viewing All Paired and ConnectedPhones

To view all available mobile phonesthat are paired to the UHP system:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 to pairadditional mobile phones.

Deleting a Paired Phone

To remove a paired mobile phonefrom the UHP system:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the mobile phone todelete and follow the on screenprompts.

Connecting to a Different Phone

To connect to a different pairedmobile phone, the new mobilephone must be in the vehicle andavailable to be connected to theUHP system before the processis started.

To connect to a different phone:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings, or touchPhone on a navigation radio.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the new mobile phone tolink to and follow the on screenprompts.

If delete is selected, the highlightedmobile phone will be deleted.

Making a Call Using Phone Bookand Call List

For mobile phones that support thephone book and call list features,the UHP system can use thecontacts and call lists storedon your mobile phone to makecalls. See your mobile phonemanufacturer's user guide orcontact your wireless providerto find out if this feature issupported by your mobile phone.

The time it takes to download thephone book and call list from yourmobile phone to the UHP systemcan vary depending on the size ofthe phone book and call list storedon your mobile phone.

When a mobile phone supports thephone book and call list features,the Phone Book, and Call Listsmenus are automatically available.

The Phone Book menu allows youto access the phone book stored inthe mobile phone to make a call.

Page 258: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (66,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-66 Infotainment System

The Call Lists menu allows you toaccess the phone numbers from theIncoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, andMissed Calls menus on your mobilephone to make a call.

To make a call using the PhoneBook menu:

1. Press PHONE twice, or pressPHONE once on vehicles with anavigation system.

2. Select Phone Book.

3. You can search through the listby selecting the letter group thephone book entry begins with,to continue scrolling through theentire list, turn the MENU knob.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

To make a call using the CallLists menu:

1. Press PHONE twice, or pressPHONE once on vehicles with anavigation system.

2. Select Call Lists.

3. Select the Incoming Calls,Outgoing Calls, or MissedCalls list.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

Making a Call

To make a call:

1. Press PHONE twice, or pressPHONE once on vehicles witha navigation system.

2. Select Enter Number for vehicleswithout a navigation system.

3. Select the numbers to be dialed.For vehicles with a navigationsystem, touch the numberson the infotainment screen.For vehicles without a navigationsystem, see “Entering aCharacter Sequence” inOperation on page 7‑7 formore information.

4. Select Call to start dialing thenumber.

Accepting or Declining a Call

When an incoming call is received,the infotainment system mutes anda ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

To accept the incoming call, turn theMENU/SELECT knob to “Answer”and press the MENU/SELECT knob,or press the b / g button on thesteering wheel controls.

To decline the incoming call,turn the MENU/SELECT knobto “decline” and press theMENU/SELECT knob, or pressthe b / g button on the steeringwheel controls.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported onthe mobile phone and enabled bythe wireless service carrier to work.

To accept the incoming call, turn theMENU/SELECT knob to “Answer”and press the MENU/SELECT knob,or press the b / g button on thesteering wheel controls.

Page 259: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (67,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-67

To decline the incoming call,turn the MENU/SELECT knobto “Decline” and press theMENU/SELECT knob, or pressthe $ /i button on the steeringwheel controls.

1. Press PHONE.

2. Select Switch Call fromthe menu.

Conference Calling

Conference calling and three waycalling must be supported on themobile phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier to work.

To start a conference call while ina call:

1. Press the MENU/SELECT knoband select Enter Number.

2. Enter the character sequencethen select call.

3. After the call has been placed,press the MENU/SELECT knoband choose Merge Calls.

4. To add more callers to theconference call, repeat steps 1through 3. The number of callersthat can be added is limited byyour wireless service carrier.

To disconnect from one caller whilein a conference call, select DetachNumber from the menu and selectthe number to hang up on.

Ending a Call

Press the MENU/SELECT knoband select Hang Up, or pressthe $ /i button on the steeringwheel controls.

To Mute a Call

Press the MENU/SELECT knob andselect Mute Call.

To Cancel Mute

Press the MENU/SELECT knob andselect Mute Call.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)Tones

The UHP system can send numbersduring a call. This is used whencalling a menu driven phonesystem.

To access this system:

1. Press the MENU/SELECT knoband select Enter Number.

2. Enter the character sequence.

Operating UHP Using VoiceControl

The voice control of the UHPsystem enables you to operateseveral functions of the mobilephone using your voice. The UHPsystem uses voice commandsto control the system and dialphone numbers. After input of thecommand the infotainment systemguides you through the dialoguewith appropriate questions andfeedback to achieve the desiredaction. The commands andnumbers can be spoken without apause between the individual words.

Page 260: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (68,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-68 Infotainment System

In addition you can save telephonenumbers under a name tag that isselectable by you. The telephoneconnection can be set up withthis name.

In the event of incorrect operationor incorrect codes, the voice controlgives you voice feedback andrequests you to re-enter the desiredcommand. Apart from this, the voicecontrol acknowledges importantcommands and will ask ifnecessary.

In order that calls are madeinside the vehicle do not lead tounintentional triggering of the mobilephone, the voice control does notstart until it has been activated.

Activating the Voice Control

For vehicles without a navigationsystem, press the b / g button onthe steering wheel to activate thevoice control of the UHP system.

For vehicles with a navigationsystem, press the b / g button onthe steering wheel to activate thevoice control of the UHP systemThe system responds with a tone.After the tone, say”Phone.“

For the duration of the dialogueany audio source that is active ismuted and any traffic news fade-inis cancelled.

Adjusting the Volume for VoiceOutput

Turn the volume knob of theInfotainment system or pressthe + / - buttons on the steeringwheel.

Canceling Dialogue

There are various possibilities ofdeactivating the voice control andcancelling the dialogue:

. Press the $ /i button on thesteering wheel controls.

. Enter the command “Cancel.”

. Do not enter a command forsome time.

. The command is unrecognizedafter three tries.

Page 261: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (69,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-69

Main Menu Commands

The UHP system has a set of mainmenu commands that are availablewhen voice control is first started.After the voice control is activated,a short tone indicates that the voicecontrol system is waiting for acommand.

Available commands:. “Dial”. “Call”. “Re-dial”. “Save”. “Delete”. “Directory”. “Pair”. “Select device”. “Voice feedback”. “Help”. “Cancel”

Frequently Used Commands

Here is a list of frequently usedcommands:. “Help”: the dialogue is

terminated and all commandsavailable in the current contextare enumerated.

. “Cancel”: the voice control isdeactivated.

. “Yes”: a suitable action istriggered depending on thecontext.

. “No”: a suitable action istriggered depending on thecontext.

Voice Feedback

Each voice input is answered orcommented on by the infotainmentsystem by way of a voice outputthat is adapted to the situation.

To switch the voice output on or off,enter “Voice feedback” or pressthe b / g button.

Pairing, Saving, or Deleting PhoneFrom Device List

With the command “Pair” a mobilephone can be saved to or deletedfrom the device list of the UHPsystem. A device number will beassigned by the UHP system tothe mobile phone when it is paired.

Available commands:. “Add”. “Delete”. “Help”. “Cancel”

Example of a dialogue

User: “Pair.”

Voice output: “Do you want to addor delete a device?”

User: “Add.”

Voice output: “Using the pairfunction in the external device,enter <1234> to pair.”

Page 262: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (70,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-70 Infotainment System

(At this time, start the pairingprocess on the mobile phonethat will be paired to the vehicle.Reference the mobile phonemanufacturer's user guide forinformation on this process.Locate the device named UHPfollowed by a four‐digit number inthe list on the mobile phone andfollow the instructions on the mobilephone and enter the four-digit codeprovided by the system.)

Voice output: “Do you want to pairthe device?”

User: “Yes.”

Voice output: “Paired, endingsession.”

Selecting Phone from Device List

The “Select device” command canbe used to select a different pairedmobile phone. The UHP systemasks for a device number that wasassigned by the UHP system to themobile phone when it was paired.

Example of a dialogue

User: “Select device.”

Voice output: “Please, say a devicenumber to select.”

User: “device number.”

Voice output: “Do you want to selectthe device number “device number.”

(The device name appears on theinfotainment display screen)

User: “Yes.”

Voice output: “One moment please,the system searches for theselected device.”

Voice output: “Device number“device number” is selected,ending session.”

Telephone Number Dialing

After the “Dial” command, the voicecontrol requests input of a number.

The telephone number must bespoken in your normal speechwithout any artificial pausesbetween the numbers.

Recognition is best, if a pauseof at least half a second is madeafter every three to five digits.The infotainment system thenrepeats the numbers recognized.

Available Commands:. “Dial”: the inputs are accepted.. “Digit”: a numeric value between

“0-9” is entered.. “Delete”: the number last

entered or the block of numberslast entered is deleted.

. “Plus”: a preceding “+” is enteredfor a call abroad.

. “Verify”: the inputs are repeatedby the voice output.

. “Asterisk”: an asterisk “*” isentered.

. “Hash”: a hash character “#” isentered.

. “Pause”: a pause is entered intothe character sequence.

. “Help”

. “Cancel”

Page 263: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (71,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-71

The telephone number entered canhave a maximum length of 25 digits.

To be able to make a call abroadyou can say the word “Plus” (+)at the beginning of your number.The plus allows you to call fromany country without knowing theprefix for calls made abroad in thatcountry. Then say the requiredcountry code.

Example of a dialogue

User: “Dial.”

Voice output: “Please, say thenumber to dial.”

User: “Plus four nine.”

User: “Seven three one.”

Voice output: “Seven three one.”

User: “One one nine nine.”

Voice output: “One one nine nine.”

User: “Dial.”

Voice output: “The number is beingdialled.”

Making a Call Using Name Tag

When the “Call” command is used,a telephone number is entered thathas been stored in the telephonebook as a name tag.

Available commands:. “Yes”. “No”. “Help”. “Cancel”

Example of a dialogue

User: “Call.”

Voice output: “Please, say the nametag to call.”

(for name tag information, see“Saving a Name Tag” later in thissection)

User:”Name tag.“

Voice output: “Seven three one.”

User: “Yes.”

Voice output: “Calling.”

Starting a Second Call

Press the button b / g to starta second call during an activetelephone call.

Available commands:. “Send”: activate manual DTMF

(touch-tone dialling), e.g. forvoice mail or telephone banking.

. “Send name tag”: activate DTMF(touch-tone dialling) by enteringa name tag.

. “Dial”

. “Call”

. “Re-dialing”

. “Help”

. “Cancel”

Page 264: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (72,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-72 Infotainment System

Example of a dialogue

User: Press the b / g button if atelephone call is active.

User: “Send.”

Voice output: “Please, say thenumber to send.”

(for number input information, seethe dialogue example for “Making aCall Using a Telephone Number”earlier in this section)

User: “Send.”

Re-dialing

The “Re-dialing” command re-dialsthe last number dialed .

Saving a Name Tag

The “Save” command is usedto store a telephone number inthe telephone book under as aname tag.

The name entered must berepeated once. The pitch andpronunciation must be as identical

as possible for both name inputs,otherwise the voice control willreject the inputs.

A maximum of 50 name tags can bestored in the telephone book.

Name tags are speaker-dependent,i.e. only the person who recorded aname tag can open it. To avoid thestart of the recording of a savedname from being cut off, a shortpause should be left after an inputrequest.

To be able to use the name tagindependently of the location,i.e. including other countries,all telephone numbers shouldbe entered with a “plus” characterand a country code.

Available commands:. “Save”: the inputs are accepted.. “Re-dialing”: the last input is

repeated.. “Help”. “Cancel”

Example of a dialogue

User: “Save.”

Voice output: “Please, say thenumber to save.”

User: Say number to save.

(for number input information, seethe dialogue example for “Making aCall Using a Telephone Number”earlier in this section)

User: “Save.”

User: “Name Tag” (give name tag).

Voice output: “Please, repeat thename tag to confirm.”

User: “Name Tag”

Voice output: “Saving thename tag.”

Page 265: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (73,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-73

Deleting a Name Tag

The “Delete” command is used todelete a previously saved name tag.

Available commands:. “Yes”. “No”. “Help”. “Cancel”

Listening to Stored Name Tags

The “Directory” command is used tolisten to all stored name tags.

Available commands:. “Call”: the telephone number of

the voice tag last read aloud isselected.

. “Delete”: the entry of the voicetag last read aloud is deleted.

Trademarks andLicense Agreements

Manufactured under licenseunder U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;6,487,535 & other U.S. andworldwide patents issued &pending. DTS and the Symbolare registered trademarks andDTS Digital Surround and the DTSlogos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.Product includes software. © DTS,Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories. Dolby and thedouble-D symbol are trademarks ofDolby Laboratories.

MP3PRO audio decodingtechnology licensed from CodingTechnologies, Fraunhofer IIS andThompson.

Page 266: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (74,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-74 Infotainment System

DivX® is a certified product.It plays all versions of DivX® video(including DivX® 6) with standardplayback of DivX media files.

DivX, DivX Certified, and associatedlogos are trademarks of DivX, Inc.and are used under license.

“Made for iPod” means that anelectronic accessory has beendesigned to connect specificallyto iPod and has been certifiedby the developer to meet Appleperformance standards.

Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or itscompliance with safety andregulatory standards.

iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, andiPod touch are trademarks of AppleInc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Fees and Taxes — Subscriptionfee, taxes, one time activationfee, and other fees may apply.Subscription fee is consumer only.All fees and programming subjectto change. Subscriptions subject toCustomer Agreement available atwww.xmradio.com. XM™ serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada*.

*Canada — Some deteriorationof service may occur in extremenorthern latitudes. This isbeyond the control of XM™Satellite Radio. Explicit LanguageNotice — Channels with frequentexplicit language are indicatedwith an “XL” preceding the channelname. Channel blocking is availablefor XM Satellite Radio receivers bynotifying XM at:. USA Customers — Visit

www.xmradio.comor call 1-800-xmradio(1-800-967-2346).

. Canadian Customers — Visitwww.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer,hack, manipulate, or otherwisemake available any technologyor software incorporated inreceivers compatible with the XM™Satellite Radio System or thatsupport the XM website, the OnlineService or any of its content.

Page 267: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (75,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-75

Furthermore, the AMBER voicecompression software includedin this product is protected byintellectual property rights includingpatent rights, copyrights, andtrade secrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement from XM™is required for any product thatincorporates XM Technologyand/or for use of any of theXM marks to be manufactured,distributed or marketed in theXM Service Area.

2. For products to be distributed,marketed and/or sold in Canada,a separate agreement isrequired with Canadian SatelliteRadio Inc. (operating as XMCanada).

This product incorporates copyrightprotection technology that isprotected by U.S. patents and otherintellectual property rights of RoviCorporation. Reverse engineeringor disassermbly is prohibited.

This product uses the sourcecode of T-Kernel under T-Licensegranted by the T-Engine Forum(www.t-engine.org).

Music and video recognitiontechnology and related dataare provided by Gracenote®.Gracenote is the industry standardin music recognition technologyand related content delivery.For more information, visitwww.gracenote.com.

CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, andmusic and video-related data fromGracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000to present Gracenote. One ormore patents owned by Gracenoteapply to this product and service.

Page 268: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (76,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-76 Infotainment System

See the Gracenote website for anon-exhaustive list of applicableGracenote patents. Gracenote andCDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, theGracenote logo and logotype, andthe “Powered by Gracenote” logoare either registered trademarksor trademarks of Gracenote inthe United States and/or othercountries.

If you require more informationregarding the use of the GracenoteService, visit: www.gracenote.com/corporate.

For the data provided byGracenote® Music RecognitionService, the content is notnecessarily guaranteed 100%.

Regarding the use of GracenoteMusic Recognition Service, whenthis product is used, it is necessaryto agree to the following articles.

Gracenote® End User License

This application or device containssoftware from Gracenote, Inc. ofEmeryville, California (“Gracenote”).The software from Gracenote(the “Gracenote Software”) enablesthis application to perform discand/or file identification and obtainmusic-related information, includingname, artist, track, and titleinformation (“Gracenote Data”)from online servers or embeddeddatabases (collectively, “GracenoteServers”) and to perform otherfunctions. You may use GracenoteData only by means of the intendedEnd-User functions of thisapplication or device. You agreethat you will use Gracenote Data,the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers for your ownpersonal non-commercial use only.You agree not to assign, copy,transfer or transmit the GracenoteSoftware or any Gracenote Data toany third party.

YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OREXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLYPERMITTED HEREIN. You agreethat your non-exclusive licenseto use the Gracenote Data, theGracenote Software, and GracenoteServers will terminate if you violatethese restrictions. If your licenseterminates, you agree to ceaseany and all use of the GracenoteData, the Gracenote Software,and Gracenote Servers.

Gracenote reserves all rights inGracenote Data, the GracenoteSoftware, and the GracenoteServers, including all ownershiprights.

Page 269: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (77,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Infotainment System 7-77

Under no circumstances willGracenote become liable for anypayment to you for any informationthat you provide. You agree thatGracenote, Inc. may enforce itsrights under this Agreement againstyou directly in its own name.

The Gracenote service uses aunique identifier to track queriesfor statistical purposes.

The purpose of a randomlyassigned numeric identifier is toallow the Gracenote service tocount queries without knowinganything about who you are.For more information, see the webpage for the Gracenote PrivacyPolicy for the Gracenote service.

The Gracenote Software and eachitem of Gracenote Data are licensedto you “AS IS.” Gracenote makesno representations or warranties,express or implied, regarding theaccuracy of any Gracenote Datafrom in the Gracenote Servers.

Gracenote reserves the right todelete data from the GracenoteServers or to change datacategories for any cause thatGracenote deems sufficient.

No warranty is made that theGracenote Software or GracenoteServers are error-free or thatfunctioning of Gracenote Softwareor Gracenote Servers will beuninterrupted.

Gracenote is not obligated toprovide you with new enhanced oradditional data types or categoriesthat Gracenote may provide in thefuture and is free to discontinue itsservices at any time.

Gracenote disclaims all warrantiesexpress or implied, including, butnot limited to, implied warrantiesof merchantability, fitness for aparticular purpose, title, andnon-infringement. Gracenotedoes not warrant the resultsthat will be obtained by your useof the gracenote software or anygracenote server. In no casewill gracenote be liable for anyconsequential or incidentaldamages or for any lost profitsor lost revenues.

© Gracenote, Inc. 2010

Page 270: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (78,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

7-78 Infotainment System

2 NOTES

Page 271: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

A. Fan Control

B. Power

C. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

D. ZONE

E. Defrost

F. Air Delivery Mode Control

G. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

H. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats

I. Air Conditioning

J. Recirculation

K. Outside Air

L. Rear Window Defogger

Page 272: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

8-2 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicleto the desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on,the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery modeor fan setting is manually adjusted,the auto indicator turns off anddisplays will show the selectedsettings.

To place the system in automaticmode do the following:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allowthe system time to stabilize.Then adjust the temperatureas needed for best comfort.

English units can be changedto metric units through theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

Q / R (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls): Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature.

ZONE: Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver settings.The ZONE indicator light turns off.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the ZONE indicator lightis on.

Manual Operation

O (Power): Press to turn theclimate control system on or off.

h i (Fan Control): Press toincrease or decrease the fanspeed. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic operation andthe system goes into manual mode.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

H G (Air Delivery Mode Control):Press to change the direction of theairflow. The current mode appearsin the display screen. Changingthe mode cancels the automaticoperation and the system goesinto manual mode. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

C (Tri‐Level): Air is dividedbetween the windshield, instrumentpanel, and floor outlets.

[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

Page 273: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Climate Controls 8-3

- (Defog): Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

8 (Upper): Air is directed to thewindshield outlets.

7 (Hi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the windshield andinstrument panel outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield.

# (Air Conditioning): Press toturn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off orthe outside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner willnot run.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed. When the indicatorlight is on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air neededto defog the windshield faster.

h (Recirculation): Press to turnon recirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleor prevent outside air and odorsfrom entering.

Automatic Air Recirculation:When the AUTO indicator lightis on, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.In auto recirculation control, theAir Quality Control system mayoperate. To adjust the sensitivity ofthe Air Quality Control, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5‑40.

Auto Defog: The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40.

% (Outside Air): Press to turnon outside air. An indicator lightcomes on. Outside air is circulatedthrough the vehicle.

Page 274: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off.

The rear window defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes. If turned on again itruns for about five minutes beforeturning off. At higher speeds, therear window defogger may stay oncontinuously.

The rear window defogger canbe set to automatic operation.See “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5‑40. When Auto RearDefog is selected, the rear windowdefogger turns on automaticallywhen the interior temperature iscold and the outside temperatureis about 40°F and below. The autorear defogger turns off automaticallyafter about 10 minutes. At higherspeeds, the rear window defoggermay stay on continuously.

The heated outside rearviewmirrors turn on when the rearwindow defogger button is on andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirrors. See HeatedMirrors on page 2‑22.

Notice: Do not try to clear frostor other material from the insideof the front windshield and rearwindow with a razor blade oranything else that is sharp.This may damage the rearwindow defogger grid andaffect your radio's ability topick up stations clearly.The repairs would not becovered by your warranty.

Heated and Ventilated Seats:Press to heat or ventilate the seat.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑10.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation: For vehicles with theremote vehicle start feature, theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely.The system uses the driver'sprevious settings to heat or cool theinside of the vehicle. See RemoteVehicle Start on page 2‑10.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Sensors

The solar sensor, located on topof the instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control systemuses the sensor information toadjust the temperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Page 275: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Climate Control SystemFor vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they areintegrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console.

Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls

A. Fan Control

B. Air Delivery Mode Control

C. Temperature Control

ZONE: When the rear climatecontrol is turned on from the rear,the ZONE indicator light will turn on.

Press the ZONE button on the frontclimate control system to turn offthe rear blower and match the rearsettings to the front. The ZONEindicator light and rear climatecontrol display will turn off.

The rear climate control can beturned off by pressing ] −.

Independent Mode: This modedirects rear seating airflowaccording to the settings ofthe rear controls.

The front climate control systemmust be on for the rear climatecontrol to work. To turn on the rearclimate control from rear seating,press any rear climate controlbutton.

The rear climate control will notwork if the front climate controlsystem is in defrost.

Page 276: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

8-6 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation

AUTO: PressN until the AUTOsetting is selected to control the reartemperature, air delivery, and fanspeed automatically.

Manual Operation

] −/+ ^ (Fan Control): Pressthese buttons on the rear seataudio control panel to increase ordecrease the airflow. Pressing + ^when the system is off will turn thesystem on. The air delivery moderemains in its previous setting.

−/+ (Temperature Control):Press these buttons to adjustthe temperature of the air flowinginto the passenger area. Press +for warmer air and press − forcooler air.

N (Air Delivery Mode Control):Press the mode button to changethe direction of the airflow. Multiplepresses will cycle through thedelivery selections.

Air VentsMove the sliding knob on the airoutlets up and down or left andright to direct the airflow. Use thethumbwheels near the air outletsto open or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non‐GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not insert any objects inthe outlets, as failure of themechanism may occur.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance,see Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4. To find out what typeof filter to use, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑14.

1. Open the glove box completelyand remove the four screwsalong the upper portion of theglove box.

2. When released, lower the upperportion of the glove box.

3. Locate the service door for thepassenger compartment air filter.

Page 277: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Climate Controls 8-7

4. Release the two latches holdingthe service door. Lower theservice door.

5. Remove the old air filter.

6. Install the new air filter.

7. Close the service door andlatches.

8. Reinstall the upper portion of theglove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

Page 278: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES

Page 279: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-16Adjustable Throttle and BrakePedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Starting the GasolineEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-22Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . 9-24Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-28

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-32

Ride Control SystemsTraction ControlSystem (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32

StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-34Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-35Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . 9-35

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36

Object Detection SystemsUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-38Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-46Gasoline Specifications(U.S. and Canada Only) . . . . 9-47

California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-49Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52

Page 280: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-2 Driving and Operating

TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Trailer SwayControl (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attentionaway from the road. Many localgovernments have enactedlaws regarding driver distraction.Become familiar with the locallaws in your area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do notread, take notes, or look upinformation on phones orother electronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, suchas programming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip informationinto any navigation deviceprior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

Page 281: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-3

{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment sectionfor more information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone.

If equipped, refer to the navigationmanual for information on thatsystem, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3‑14.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ WARNING

Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected byeven a small amount of alcohol.You can have a serious — oreven fatal — collision if youdrive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Page 282: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-4 Driving and Operating

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Decidingto push the brake pedal isperception time. Actually doingit is reaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second.In that time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:. Keep enough distance between

you and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up,it can take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Hydraulic Power Steering

Your vehicle has hydraulicpower steering. It may requiremaintenance. See Power SteeringFluid on page 10‑20.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Page 283: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-5

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.. Reduce speed before entering a

curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady

speed through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows youto turn 180 degrees withoutremoving a hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels candrop off the edge of a road ontothe shoulder while driving.Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so thatit straddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Then turn the steering wheel togo straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not

rolling.. Steering or Cornering

Skid — too much speed orsteering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Page 284: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-6 Driving and Operating

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suitedto existing conditions, and bynot overdriving those conditions.But skids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:. Ease your foot off the

accelerator pedal and quicklysteer the way you want thevehicle to go. The vehicle maystraighten out. Be ready for asecond skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehiclespeed by shifting to a lowergear. Any sudden changescould cause the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well ina quick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying todrive through flowing water.

Page 285: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-7

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous.Water can build up under thevehicle's tires so they actuallyride on the water. This can happenif the road is wet enough and youare going fast enough. When thevehicle is hydroplaning, it has littleor no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid

reservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires onpage 10‑49.

. Turn off cruise control.

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attentionto your surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, finda safe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep the interior

temperature cool.. Keep your eyes moving — scan

the road ahead and to the sides.. Check the rearview mirror and

vehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips fordriving in these conditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ WARNING

If you do not shift down, thebrakes could get so hot that theywould not work well. You wouldthen have poor braking or evennone going down a hill. You couldcrash. Shift down to let the engineassist the brakes on a steepdownhill slope.

Page 286: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-8 Driving and Operating

{ WARNING

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. The brakes willhave to do all the work of slowingdown and they could get so hotthat they would not work well.You would then have poor brakingor even none going down a hill.You could crash. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear when going downhill.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay inyour own lane.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in yourlane (stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there issnow or ice between the tiresand the road, creating less tractionor grip. Wet ice can occur at about0°C (32°F) when freezing rainbegins to fall, resulting in even lesstraction. Avoid driving on wet ice orin freezing rain until roads can betreated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surface underthe tires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)on page 9‑29 improves vehiclestability during hard stops onslippery roads, but apply the brakessooner than when on dry pavement.

Allow greater following distanceon any slippery road and watchfor slippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remainicy when the surrounding roadsare clear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

Turn off cruise control, if equipped,on slippery surfaces.

Page 287: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-9

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑8 or Roadside Service(Mexico) on page 13‑10. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ WARNING

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of your vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about5 cm (2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outletson or under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air insidethe vehicle and set thefan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑23.

Run the engine for short periodsonly as needed to keep warm, butbe careful.

To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warmthe vehicle and then shut the engineoff and close the window most ofthe way to save heat. Repeat thisuntil help arrives but only when youfeel really uncomfortable from thecold. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the acceleratorpedal slightly so the engineruns faster than the idle speed.This keeps the battery charged torestart the vehicle and to signal forhelp with the headlamps. Do this aslittle as possible to save fuel.

Page 288: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-10 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method.

{ WARNING

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, andyou or others could be injured.The vehicle can overheat,causing an engine compartmentfire or other damage. Spin thewheels as little as possible andavoid going above 56 km/h(35 mph).

For information about using tirechains on the vehicle, see TireChains on page 10‑70.

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. To prevent transmissionwear, wait until the wheels stopspinning before shifting gears.Release the accelerator pedalwhile shifting, and press lightlyon the accelerator pedal whenthe transmission is in gear. Slowlyspinning the wheels in the forwardand reverse directions causes arocking motion that could free thevehicle. If that does not get thevehicle out after a few tries, it mightneed to be towed out. If the vehicledoes need to be towed out, seeTowing the Vehicle on page 10‑93.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to knowhow much weight the vehiclecan carry. This weight is calledthe vehicle capacity weightand includes the weight ofall occupants, cargo and allnonfactory‐installed options.Two labels on the vehicleshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

Page 289: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-11

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicleany heavier than theGross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). With the driverdoor open, the label is attachednear the door lock post. The Tireand Loading Information labelshows the number of occupant

seating positions (A), and themaximum vehicle capacityweight (B) in kilograms andpounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also showsthe tire size of the originalequipment tires (C) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (D). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires on page 10‑49 andTire Pressure on page 10‑56.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

Page 290: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-12 Driving and Operating

Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement“The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbsand there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacityis 650 lbs (1400 − 750(5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

See Trailer Towing on page 9‑57for important information ontowing a trailer, towing safetyrules and trailering tips.

Page 291: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-13

Example 1

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

C. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 2 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

C. Available CargoWeight = 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 3 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

C. Available CargoWeight = 0 kg (0 lbs).

Page 292: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-14 Driving and Operating

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thedriver side center pillar (B-pillar).

The label shows the size of thevehicle's original tires and theinflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. This is calledGross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label alsotells you the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). To find out the actualloads on the front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh the vehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out theload equally on both sides of thecenter line.

Never exceed the GVWR for thevehicle, or the GAWR for eitherthe front or rear axle.

If the vehicle is carrying a heavyload, it should be spread out.See “Steps for DeterminingCorrect Load Limit” earlier inthis section.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicleany heavier than theGross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Your warranty does not coverparts or components that failbecause of overloading.

Page 293: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-15

The label will help you decidehow much cargo and installedequipment your vehicle cancarry.

Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.

If you put things inside yourvehicle – like suitcases,tools, packages, or anythingelse – they will go as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if thereis a crash, they will keep going.

{ WARNING

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Page 294: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-16 Driving and Operating

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: The vehicle does notneed an elaborate break-in. But itwill perform better in the long runif you follow these guidelines:. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshiftingto brake or slow the vehicle.

. During the first 1 000 km(600mi), avoid using morethan moderate accelerationin lower gears and avoidvehicle speeds above110 km/h (68mph).

. Between the first1 000 km (600mi) and5 000 km (3,000 mi), heavyacceleration in lower gears

can be used. Vehicle speedsabove 110 km/h (68mph)should be limited tofive minutes per use.

. Avoid making hard stopsfor the first 322 km (200mi)or so. During this time thenew brake linings are notyet broken in. Hard stopswith new linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow thisbreaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

. Do not tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips on page 9‑53 for thetrailer towing capabilitiesof your vehicle and moreinformation.

Following break‐in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Adjustable Throttle andBrake PedalIf the vehicle has this feature, theposition of the throttle and brakepedals can be adjusted.

The switch used to adjust thepedals is located on the right sideof the steering column, below thewiper stalk. Pull the switch towardyou to move the pedals further fromthe floor, or push the switch awayfrom you to move the pedals closerto the floor.

Page 295: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-17

Adjust the throttle and brake pedalswhile the vehicle is in P (Park)without pressing on the pedals.The pedals cannot be adjustedwhile the vehicle is in R (Reverse)or when cruise control is engaged.The throttle and brake pedals canalso be adjusted while driving.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes, ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START and STOPPINGTHE ENGINE/OFF.

If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may benear a strong radio antennasignal causing interference to thekeyless entry system. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN mode and the brake pedalmust be applied.

STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF(No LED Lights): When thevehicle is stopped, press the engineSTART/STOP button once to turnthe engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9‑21 formore information.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park),the ignition will return toACC/ACCESSORY and displaythe message SHIFT TO PARK inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑27 for more information.When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system willswitch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will causea loss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

Page 296: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-18 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicleto a safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the ignitionto OFF. On vehicles with anautomatic transmission, the shiftlever must be in P (Park) to turnthe ignition switch to the OFFposition.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake on page 9‑30.

{ WARNING

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulledover, and must be shut off whiledriving, switch the ignition toACC/ACCESSORY.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LEDLight): This mode allows you touse some electrical accessorieswhen the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied, will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch fromACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterten minutes to prevent batteryrun down.

ON/RUN/START (Green LEDLight): This mode is for drivingand starting. With the ignition off,and the brake pedal applied,pressing the button once will placethe ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine crankingbegins, release the button. Enginecranking will continue until theengine starts. See Starting theGasoline Engine on page 9‑19 formore information. The ignition willthen remain in ON/RUN.

Page 297: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-19

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off,and the brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Push the buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the GasolineEnginePlace the transmission in the propergear by moving the shift lever toP (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle isalready moving, use N (Neutral).

Notice: Do not try to shift toP (Park) if the vehicle is moving.If you do, you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

The keyless access transmitter mustbe inside the vehicle for the ignitionto work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess System. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

To start the vehicle:

Starting Procedure

1. With the brake pedal applied,press the START button locatedon the instrument panel. SeeIgnition Positions on page 9‑17.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button andthe engine cranks automaticallyuntil it starts.

If the transmitter is not inthe vehicle or something isinterfering with the transmitter,the Driver Information Center(DIC) will display NO REMOTEDETECTED. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27 for more information.

If the battery in the keylessaccess transmitter needsreplacing, the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY. The vehiclecan still be driven. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3 for moreinformation.

Page 298: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-20 Driving and Operating

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after startingit. Operate the engine andtransmission gently until theoil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter 5-10 seconds, especiallyin very cold weather (below−18°C or 0°F), it could beflooded with too much gasoline.Try pushing the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floorwhile cranking for up to15 seconds.

Notice: Cranking the engine forlong periods of time, by pressingthe START button immediatelyafter cranking has ended,can overheat and damage thecranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allow thecranking motor to cool down.

When the engine starts, let go ofthe accelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, do thesame thing. This clears the extragasoline from the engine.

The vehicle has aComputer-Controlled CrankingSystem. This feature assists instarting the engine and protectscomponents. Once cranking hasbeen initiated, the engine continuescranking for a few seconds or untilthe vehicle starts. If the engine doesnot start, cranking automaticallystops after 15 seconds to preventcranking motor damage. To preventgear damage, this system alsoprevents cranking if the engineis already running.

Notice: The engine is designedto work with the electronics inthe vehicle. If you add electricalparts or accessories, you couldchange the way the engineoperates. Before adding electricalequipment, check with yourdealer. If you do not, the enginemight not perform properly. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Engine HeaterThe engine coolant heater,if available, can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18°C (0°F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the coolant heater at leastfour hours before starting thevehicle. An internal thermostat inthe plug end of the cord will preventengine coolant heater operation attemperatures above −18°C (0°F).

Page 299: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-21

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrapthe electrical cord. The cord islocated near the air cleaner.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ WARNING

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could causean electrical shock. Also, thewrong kind of extension cordcould overheat and cause a fire.You could be seriously injured.Plug the cord into a properlygrounded three-prong 110-volt ACoutlet. If the cord will not reach,use a heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for at least15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keepit away from moving engineparts. If you do not it couldbe damaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These accessories can be usedafter the engine is turned off:. Audio system (up to 10 minutes

or driver door is opened).. Power windows, sunroof

(if equipped), and power outlets(up to 10 minutes or any door isopened).

Shifting Into Park

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehicle canroll. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, use the stepsthat follow.

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Parking Brake on page 9‑30for more information.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by pushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

Page 300: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-22 Driving and Operating

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.The vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is not fully inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. And, if you leave thevehicle with the engine running,it could overheat and even catchfire. You or others could beinjured. Do not leave the vehiclewith the engine running.

If you have to leave the vehiclewith the engine running, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal.

See if you can move the shift leveraway from P (Park) without firstpulling it toward you. If you can,it means that the shift lever wasnot fully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weightof the vehicle puts too muchforce on the parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑53.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transmission shift lockcontrol system. The shift lockcontrol is designed to preventmovement of the shift lever outof P (Park), unless the ignitionis in ON/RUN and the brakepedal is applied

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9‐volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑88.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

Page 301: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-23

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ WARNING

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damagedor improperly repaired.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Page 302: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-24 Driving and Operating

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running. But if you ever haveto, here are some things to know.

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed areathat has no fresh air ventilation.For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑23.

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to get outof the vehicle if the automatictransmission shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.Do not leave the vehicle whenthe engine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).

Follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑21.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑53.

AutomaticTransmissionThe shift lever is located on thecenter console between the frontseats.

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when you start the enginebecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.

Page 303: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-25

{ WARNING

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle whenthe engine is running unlessyou have to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑21. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑53.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. You must fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before youcan shift from P (Park) when theignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever and push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark on page 9‑22.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse)only after the vehicle is stopped.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck on page 9‑10 for additionalinformation.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. You can also use N (Neutral)when the vehicle is being towed.

Page 304: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-26 Driving and Operating

{ WARNING

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Be surethe engine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If you need morepower for passing, and you are:. Going less than 35 mph

(55 km/h), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)or more, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding, see “Skidding” underLoss of Control on page 9‑5

Notice: Spinning the tiresor holding the vehicle in oneplace on a hill using only theaccelerator pedal may damagethe transmission. If you arestuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehiclein place.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Notice: Driving with the engineat a high rpm without upshiftingwhile using Driver Shift Control(DSC), could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using DSC.

Driver Shift Control (DSC)allows you to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever tothe left from D (Drive) toM (Manual Mode).

If you do not move the shift leverforward or rearward, the vehiclewill be in Sport Mode. When youare in Sport Mode the vehiclewill still shift automatically.The transmission may remainin a gear longer than it would inthe normal driving mode basedon braking, throttle input, andvehicle lateral acceleration.

Page 305: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-27

SPORT MODE ON will bedisplayed in the DIC. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5‑37. The word “sport”will display below the odometer.The gear position will also beindicated in the tachometer.

Within Sport Mode there is afurther performance featurecalled Performance ModeLift Foot (PMLF) Mode.The feature is activatedautomatically when sportsoriented driving is detected,based on cornering and on/offthrottle application. PMLF allowsthe transmission to hold thecurrent gear instead of upshiftingwhen the throttle is lifted.

2. To enter M (Manual Mode), pressthe shift lever forward to upshiftor rearward to downshift.

An M will be displayed inthe DIC.

3. To return to Sport Mode fromM (Manual Mode), press andbriefly hold the shift leverforward.

The tachometer display on theinstrument panel cluster willshow which gear the vehicle is in.The number indicates the requestedgear range when moving theshift lever forward or rearward.See Tachometer on page 5‑12for more information.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quickershifting. You can use this forsport driving or when climbing ordescending hills, to stay in gearlonger, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allowyou to shift into gears appropriatefor the vehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm).The transmission will notautomatically shift to the next lowergear if the engine rpm is too high,nor to the next higher gear when themaximum engine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, the currently selected gearwill flash multiple times, indicatingthat the transmission has not shiftedgears.

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift when the vehicle comesto a stop. This will allow for morepower during take-off.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into secondgear. A higher gear ratio allows youto gain more traction on slipperysurfaces.

Page 306: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-28 Driving and Operating

Fuel Economy ModeThe vehicle may have a fueleconomy mode. When engaged,fuel economy mode can improvethe vehicle's fuel economy.

Pressing the eco button by the shiftlever will engage fuel economymode. When activated, the eco lightin the instrument cluster will comeon. See Fuel Economy Light onpage 5‑25. Pressing the button asecond time will turn fuel economymode off.

When fuel economy mode is on:. The transmission will upshift

sooner, and downshift later.. The torque converter will lock up

sooner, and stay on longer.. The gas pedal will be less

sensitive.. The vehicle's computers will

more aggressively shut off fuelto the engine under deceleration.

. The engine operates at lowerrpm's in fuel economy mode,which can increase noise andvibration. This is normal.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

When using a compact sparetire on an AWD vehicle, thesystem automatically detects thecompact spare and disables AWD.To restore AWD operation andprevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparewith a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tireon page 10‑88 for more information.

Page 307: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (29,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-29

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has the AntilockBrake System (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the engine is started and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5‑22.

If driving safely on a wet roadand it becomes necessary to slamon the brakes and continue brakingto avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot upto the brake pedal or alwaysdecrease stopping distance.

If you get too close to the vehiclein front of you, there will not beenough time to apply the brakesif that vehicle suddenly slows orstops. Always leave enough roomup ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Page 308: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (30,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-30 Driving and Operating

Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch for theEPB is in the center console.The EPB can always be activated,even if the ignition is off. To avoiddraining the battery, do not cyclethe EPB too often without theengine running. The EPB canbe left applied while the vehicleis parked.

The system has a parking brakestatus light and a parking brakewarning light. See Brake SystemWarning Light on page 5‑21.There are also three DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages.See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5‑27 for more information.In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be appliedor released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe parking brake status light toensure the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

The EPB can be applied any timethe vehicle is stopped. The EPB isapplied by momentarily lifting up onthe EPB switch. Once fully applied,the parking brake status light will beon. While the brake is being applied,

the status light will flash until fullapply is reached. If the light doesnot come on, or remains flashing,you need to have the vehicleserviced. Do not drive the vehicleif the parking brake status lightis flashing. See your dealer. SeeBrake System Warning Light onpage 5‑21 for more information.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is in motion, a chime willsound, and the DIC messageRELEASE PARKING BRAKEwill be displayed. The vehiclewill decelerate as long as theswitch is held in the up position.Releasing the EPB switch duringthe deceleration will release theparking brake. If the switch is heldin the up position until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB willremain applied.

Page 309: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (31,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-31

If the parking brake status lightflashes continuously, the EPB isonly partially applied or released,or there is a problem with the EPB.The DIC message SERVICEPARKING BRAKE will be displayed.If this light flashes continuously,release the EPB, and attempt toapply it again. If this light continuesto flash, do not drive the vehicle.See your dealer.

If the parking brake warning light ison, the EPB has detected an errorin another system and is operatingwith reduced functionality. To applythe EPB when this light is on, lift upon the EPB switch and hold it in theup position. Full application of theparking brake by the EPB systemmay take a longer period of timethan normal when this light is on.Continue to hold the switch until theparking brake status light remainson. If the parking brake warning lightis on, see your dealer.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB, place theignition in the ON/RUN position,apply and hold the brake pedal,and push down momentarily onthe EPB switch. If you attempt torelease the EPB without the brakepedal applied, a chime will sound,and the DIC message STEP ONBRAKE TO RELEASE PARKBRAKE will be displayed. The EPBis released when the parking brakestatus light is off.

If the parking brake warning lightis on, the EPB has detected anerror in another system and isoperating with reduced functionality.To release the EPB when this lightis on, push down on the EPB switchand hold it in the down position.EPB release may take a longerperiod of time than normal whenthis light is on. Continue to hold theswitch until the parking brake statuslight is off. If the light is on, see yourdealer.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause prematurewear or damage to brake systemparts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and thebrake warning light is off beforedriving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically releaseif the vehicle is running, placedinto gear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑53 for more information.

Page 310: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (32,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-32 Driving and Operating

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist thedriver in stopping or decreasingvehicle speed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplementthe power brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle.The stability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this timeis normal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.The brake assist feature willautomatically disengage whenthe brake pedal is released orbrake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill ona grade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driverreleases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressureto ensure that there is no rolling.The brakes will automaticallyrelease when the accelerator pedalis applied within the two‐secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) that limits wheel spin.On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, thesystem operates if it senses thatone or both of the front wheelsare spinning or beginning to losetraction. On an All-Wheel-Drive(AWD) vehicle, the system willoperate if it senses that any of thewheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens,the system brakes the spinningwheel(s) and/or reduces enginepower to limit wheel spin.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working, but this isnormal.

Page 311: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (33,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-33

TCS is on whenever the vehicleis started. To limit wheel spin,especially in slippery roadconditions, the system shouldalways be left on. But, TCScan be turned off if needed.

d flashes to indicate that thetraction control system is active.

If there is a problem detectedwith TCS, SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL and SERVICESTABILITRAK may be displayed onthe Driver Information Center (DIC)and d will be on. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑37.

When this message is displayedand d comes on and stays on,the vehicle is safe to drive but thesystem is not operational. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.

Notice: Do not repeatedly brakeor accelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle's driveline couldbe damaged.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system by:

1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mph), seeyour dealer for service.

A chime may also sound when thelight comes on steady.

The g is located on the console.

The TCS off light comes on andTRACTION CONTROL OFF isdisplayed on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) to indicate that thetraction control system has beenturned off. See Ride Control SystemMessages on page 5‑37.

TCS can be turned off by pressingand releasing g. When TCS is

turned off, i comes on and thesystem will not limit wheel spin.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly. Press and release gagain to turn the system back on.

When TCS is turned off on AWDvehicles, the system may still makenoise. This is normal and necessarywith AWD hardware.

Page 312: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (34,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-34 Driving and Operating

It may be necessary to turn thesystem off if the vehicle ever getsstuck in sand, mud, or snow androcking the vehicle is required.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck onpage 9‑10 for more information.See also Winter Driving on page 9‑8for information on using TCS whendriving in snowy or icy conditions.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS activates, cruise control willautomatically disengage. Press thecruise control button to re‐engagewhen road conditions allow.See Cruise Control on page 9‑36.

Adding non‐GM accessories canaffect the vehicle's performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 10‑4 for more information.

StabiliTrak® SystemThe vehicle has a vehicle stabilityenhancement system calledStabiliTrak. It is an advancedcomputer controlled system thatassists with directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path andthe direction the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure to thevehicle's brakes to help steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

StabiliTrak is on automaticallywhenever the vehicle is started.To assist with directional controlof the vehicle, the systemshould always be left on. TrailerSway Control (TSC) is also onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted. See Trailer Sway Control(TSC) on page 9‑61 for moreinformation.

When the stability control systemactivates, the Traction ControlSystem (TCS)/StabiliTrak lightwill flash on the instrument panel.This also occurs when tractioncontrol or TSC is activated. A noisemay be heard or vibration may befelt in the brake pedal. This isnormal. Continue to steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

If there is a problem detectedwith StabiliTrak, SERVICESTABILITRAK is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC) andd will stay on. See Ride ControlSystem Messages on page 5‑37.

Page 313: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (35,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-35

When this message is displayedand/or d comes on and stays on,the vehicle is safe to drive but thesystem is not operational. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system by:

1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mph), seeyour dealer for service.

g is located on the console.

Both StabiliTrak and TractionControl can be turned off if neededby pressing and holding g until gand i come on the instrumentpanel. This will also disable theTSC feature. When StabiliTrak isturned off, the system will not assistwith directional control of the vehicleor limit wheel spin. Driving shouldbe adjusted accordingly. Press andrelease g again to turn the systemback on.

If cruise control is being used whenStabiliTrak activates, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.Press the cruise control button tore‐engage when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control onpage 9‑36 for more information.

Limited-Slip Rear AxleVehicles with a limited-slip rearaxle can give more traction onsnow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.When traction is low, this featureallows the drive wheel with themost traction to move the vehicle.The limited-slip rear axle also givesthe driver enhanced control whencornering hard or completing amaneuver, such as a lane change.

Selective Ride ControlThe vehicle may have a ridecontrol system called SelectiveRide Control. The setting can bechanged at any time. Based on roadconditions, steering wheel angle,and the vehicle speed, the systemautomatically adjusts to providethe best handling while providinga smooth ride. The Tour andSport modes will feel similaron a smooth road.

Page 314: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (36,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-36 Driving and Operating

To switch from TOUR to SPORTmode, move the shift lever tothe left while the transmissionis in D (Drive).

TOUR: Use for normal city andhighway driving. This settingprovides a smooth, soft ride.

SPORT: Use where road conditionsor personal preference demandmore control. This setting providesmore “feel,” or response to roadconditions through increasedsteering effort and suspensioncontrol. Transmission shift pointsand shift firmness are alsoenhanced. See Manual Mode onpage 9‑26 under AutomaticTransmission.

If there is a problem detected withSelective Ride Control, SERVICESUSPENSION SYSTEM displayson the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Ride Control SystemMessages on page 5‑37. Drivingshould be adjusted accordingly.

Cruise Control

{ WARNING

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. So, do not usethe cruise control on windingroads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol shuts off.

If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak®

system and begins to limit wheelspin while using cruise control,the cruise control automaticallydisengages. See StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑34 or TractionControl System (TCS) onpage 9‑32. When road conditionsallow the cruise control to be safelyused, you can apply the cruisecontrol again.

Cruise Control

J (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on and off.

Page 315: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (37,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-37

+ RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press briefly to make the vehicleresume to a previously set speedor press and hold to accelerate.

−SET (Set/Coast): Press to set thespeed and activate cruise control ormake the vehicle decelerate.

J OFF (Cancel): Press todisengage cruise control withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control switch off when cruiseis not being used.

The cruise control light on theinstrument panel cluster comes onafter the cruise control has been setto the desired speed.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the −SETbutton located on the steeringwheel.

4. Take your foot off theaccelerator.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing theset speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press the +RES button on thesteering wheel. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed and staysthere.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Press and hold the +RES button

on the steering wheel until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall amounts, press the +RESbutton. Each time this is done,the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Press and hold the −SET button

on the steering wheel until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

Page 316: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (38,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-38 Driving and Operating

. To slow down in small amounts,press the −SET button on thesteering wheel briefly. Each timethis is done, the vehicle goesabout 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed.When you take your foot off thepedal, the vehicle will slow downto the previous set cruise speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepnessof the hills. When going up steephills, you might have to step onthe accelerator pedal to maintainthe vehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brakeor shift to a lower gear to keep thevehicle speed down. If the brakeis applied the cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are three ways to end cruisecontrol:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press theJ OFF button on thesteering wheel.

. Press theJ button on thesteering wheel.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory by pressingtheJ button or if the ignition isturned off.

Object DetectionSystems

Ultrasonic Parking AssistIf available, the Ultrasonic Frontand Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA)system assists the driver withparking and avoiding objects.UFRPA operates at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensorson the front and rear bumper detectobjects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front ofthe vehicle, and 2.5 m (8 ft) behindthe vehicle, and at least 25 cm(10 in) off the ground.

Page 317: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (39,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-39

{ WARNING

The UFRPA system does notdetect pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or any other objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withUFRPA, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before moving forward orbacking.

How the System Works

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) the front and rearsensors are automatically turned on.After the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the rear sensors areturned off and the front sensorsstay on until the vehicle is abovea speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).For the front park assist systemto be active again without shiftinginto R (Reverse), the park assistbutton next to the shift lever must bepressed. See “Turning the SystemOn and Off” later in this section.

UFRPA operates only at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph).

When the vehicle is in N (Neutral),the system may be active. If thevehicle is in a car wash, the sensorsmay detect objects in the car wash.See “Turning the System On andOff” later in this section to turn thesystem off.

High-toned beeps from the frontspeakers are for objects detectednear the front bumper. Low-tonedbeeps from the rear speakers arefor objects detected near the rearbumper. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeping is acontinuous tone for five seconds.

To be detected, objects must be atleast 25 cm (10 in) off the groundand below liftgate level. Objectsmust also be within 1.2 m (4 ft) infront of the vehicle and 2.5 m (8 ft)from the rear bumper. This distancemay be less during warmer or humidweather.

Page 318: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (40,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-40 Driving and Operating

Front Display

The front display is located in theinstrument panel in the center ofthe speedometer and has four barsto provide distance and systeminformation.

The following describes how the UFRPA front display lights appear as thevehicle gets closer to a detected object:

Description Metric English

one amber bar 1.2 m 4 ft

two amber bars 1.0 m 40 in

three amber bars 0.6 m 23 in

three amber bars and one red bar 0.3 m 1 ft

Objects Detected by Both theFront and Rear Sensors

In general, if objects are detected atthe same time near both the frontand rear bumpers while backing up,the beeps only sound to indicatethat objects are close to the rearbumper.

However, if an object comes within0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper whilethe vehicle is backing up and at thesame time there is another objectfurther than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rearbumper, then the beeps only soundto indicate the object that is closerto the front bumper.

Page 319: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (41,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-41

Turning the System On and Off

The UFRPA system can be turnedon and off by pressing the parkassist button located next to theshift lever.

The LED next to the park assistbutton lights up when the system ison and turns off when it has beendisabled.

When the system is off, PARKASSIST OFF displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC).The message disappears after ashort period of time.

UFRPA defaults to the on settingeach time the vehicle is started.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST:If this message occurs, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

PARK ASSIST OFF: If the UFRPAsystem does not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:. The driver has disabled the

system.. The ultrasonic sensors are

not clean. Keep the vehicle'sbumpers free of mud, dirt, snow,ice and slush. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑97.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not always

be seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message maynot clear until the frost or icehas melted.

. A trailer was attached to thevehicle, or an object washanging out of the liftgate duringthe last drive cycle. Once theattached object is removed,UFRPA will return to normaloperation.

. An object or cover is attached tothe front of the vehicle.

. A tow bar is attached to thevehicle.

. The bumper is damaged.Take the vehicle to your dealerto repair the system.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Page 320: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (42,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-42 Driving and Operating

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The vehicle may have a Rear VisionCamera (RVC) system. Read thisentire section before using it.

The RVC system can assistthe driver when backing up bydisplaying a view of the areabehind the vehicle.

{ WARNING

The RVC system does not displaypedestrians, bicyclists, animals,or any other object locatedoutside the camera's field of view,below the bumper, or under thevehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Do not back the vehicle usingonly the RVC screen, such asduring longer, higher speedbacking maneuvers, or wherethere could be cross-traffic.Perceived distances may bedifferent from actual distances.

Failure to use proper care beforebacking may result in injury,death, or vehicle damage. Alwayscheck before backing by checkingbehind and around the vehicle.

Vehicles Without a NavigationSystem

When the vehicle is on and thedriver shifts into R (Reverse),the video image automaticallyappears on the inside rearviewmirror. Once the driver shifts outof R (Reverse), the video imageautomatically disappears fromthe inside rearview mirror.

Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem Off or On

To turn off the RVC system,press and holdz , located onthe inside rearview mirror, untilthe left indicator light turns off.The RVC display is now disabled.

To turn the RVC system on again,press and holdz until the leftindicator light illuminates. The RVCsystem display is now enabled andthe display will appear in the mirrornormally.

Page 321: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (43,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-43

Vehicles With a NavigationSystem

An image appears on the navigationscreen with the message “CheckSurroundings for Safety” when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).The navigation screen goes to theprevious screen after approximately10 seconds once the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse).

To cancel the delay, do one of thefollowing:. Press a hard key on the

navigation system.. Shift into P (Park).. Reach a vehicle speed of

8 km/h (5 mph).

Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem On or Off

To turn the rear vision camerasystem on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the CONFIG button.

3. Select Display.

4. Select Camera. When acheckmark appears next to theCamera option, the RVC systemis on.

Symbols

The navigation system may havea feature that lets the driver viewsymbols on the navigation screenwhile using the rear vision camera.The Ultrasonic Front and RearParking Assist (UFRPA) systemmust not be disabled to usethe caution symbols. The errormessage “Rear Parking AssistSymbols Unavailable” may displayif UFRPA has been disabled andthe symbols have been turned on.See Ultrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑38.

The symbols appear and maycover an object when viewing thenavigation screen when an object isdetected by the UFRPA system.

Page 322: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (44,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-44 Driving and Operating

To turn the symbols on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the CONFIG button.

3. Select Display.

4. Select Symbols. When acheckmark appears next to theSymbols option, symbols willappear.

Guidelines

The RVC system has a guidelineoverlay that can help the driver alignthe vehicle when backing into aparking spot.

To turn the guidelines on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the CONFIG button.

3. Select Display.

4. Select Guidelines. When acheckmark appears next to theGuidelines option, guidelineswill appear.

Rear Vision Camera ErrorMessages

SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERASYSTEM: This message candisplay when the system is notreceiving information it requiresfrom other vehicle systems.

If any other problem occurs or if aproblem persists, see your dealer.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is located above thelicense plate.

Page 323: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (45,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-45

The area displayed by the camera islimited.

It does not display objects that areclose to either corner or under thebumper and can vary dependingon vehicle orientation or roadconditions. The distance of theimage that appears on the screenis different from the actual distance.

The following illustration showsthe field of view that the cameraprovides.

A. View displayed by the camera.

B. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The rear vision camera system maynot work properly or display a clearimage if:. The RVC is turned off.

See “Turning the Rear VisionCamera System On or Off”earlier in this section.

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is inan accident. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to havethe camera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Page 324: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (46,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-46 Driving and Operating

FuelUse of the recommended fuelis an important part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. To helpkeep the engine clean and maintainoptimum vehicle performance, werecommend the use of gasolineadvertised as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline.

Look for the TOP TIER label on thefuel pump to ensure gasoline meetsenhanced detergency standardsdeveloped by auto companies. A listof marketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be foundat www.toptiergas.com.

The eighth digit of the VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) showsthe code letter or number thatidentifies the vehicle's engine.The VIN is at the top left of theinstrument panel. See VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) onpage 12‑1.

Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badgeand a yellow fuel cap can use eitherunleaded gasoline or ethanol fuelcontaining up to 85% ethanol (E85).See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) onpage 9‑49. For all other vehicles,use only the unleaded gasolinedescribed under RecommendedFuel on page 9‑46.

Recommended FuelUse regular unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. If the octane rating is lessthan 87, an audible knocking noise,commonly referred to as sparkknock, might be heard when driving.If this occurs, use a gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher as soon aspossible. If heavy knocking is heardwhen using gasoline rated at87 octane or higher, the engineneeds service.

Page 325: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (47,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-47

Gasoline Specifications(U.S. and Canada Only)At a minimum, gasoline shouldmeet ASTM specification D 4814in the United States orCAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 inCanada. Some gasolines containan octane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See Fuel Additiveson page 9‑48 for additionalinformation.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards,it is designed to operate on fuelsthat meet California specifications.See the underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle might fail a smog‐check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑18. If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer for diagnosis.If it is determined that the conditionis caused by the type of fuel used,repairs might not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesNever use leaded gasoline or anyother fuel not recommended in theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairscaused by use of improper fuelwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

To check the fuel availability, askan auto club, or contact a major oilcompany that does business in thecountry where you will be driving.

Page 326: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (48,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-48 Driving and Operating

Fuel AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are nowrequired to contain additivesthat help prevent engine and fuelsystem deposits from forming,allowing the emission controlsystem to work properly. In mostcases, nothing should have to beadded to the fuel. However, somegasolines contain only the minimumamount of additive required to meetU.S. Environmental ProtectionAgency regulations. To help keepfuel injectors and intake valvesclean and avoid problems dueto dirty injectors or valves, lookfor gasoline that is advertised asTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline.Look for the TOP TIER label onthe fuel pump to ensure gasolinemeets enhanced detergencystandards developed by the autocompanies. A list of marketersproviding TOP TIER DetergentGasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com.

For customers who do not useTOP TIER Detergent Gasolineregularly, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment PLUS, added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help clean depositsfrom fuel injectors and intakevalves. GM Fuel System TreatmentPLUS is the only gasoline additiverecommended by General Motors.It is available at your dealer.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol,and reformulated gasolinesmight be available in your area.We recommend that you use thesegasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designedfor those fuels.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Some gasolines that arenot reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendantwhere you buy gasoline whether thefuel contains MMT. We recommendagainst the use of such gasolines.Fuels containing MMT can reducespark plug life and affect emissioncontrol system performance.The malfunction indicator lampmight turn on. If this occurs,return to your dealer for service.

Page 327: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (49,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-49

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol)Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badgeand a yellow fuel cap can use eitherunleaded gasoline or ethanol fuelcontaining up to 85% ethanol (E85).For all other vehicles, use only theunleaded gasoline described underRecommended Fuel on page 9‑46.

We encourage the use of E85 invehicles that are designed to use it.The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable”fuel, meaning it is made fromrenewable sources such as cornand other crops.

Many service stations will not havean 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pumpavailable. The U.S. Departmentof Energy has an alternative fuelswebsite (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations/) that can help youfind E85 fuel. Those stations thatdo have E85 should have a labelindicating ethanol content. Do notuse the fuel if the ethanol content isgreater than 85%.

At a minimum, E85 should meetASTM Specification D 5798or CGSB Specification 3.512.Filling the tank with fuel mixturesthat do not meet ASTM or CGSBspecifications can affect driveabilityand could cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to come on. As theoutside temperature approachesfreezing, ethanol fuel distributorsshould supply winter grade ethanol,the same as with unleadedgasoline.

The starting characteristics ofE85 fuel make it unsuitable for usewhen temperatures fall below −18°C(0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to0°C (32°F), it may take more time tostart the engine.

E85 has less energy per liter(gallon) than gasoline, so you willneed to refill the fuel tank moreoften when using E85 than whenyou are using gasoline. See Fillingthe Tank on page 9‑50.

Notice: Some additives are notcompatible with E85 fuel and canharm the vehicle's fuel system.Do not add anything to E85.Damage caused by additiveswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Page 328: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (50,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-50 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING

Fuel vapor burns violently and afuel fire can cause bad injuries.To help avoid injuries to you andothers, read and follow all theinstructions on the fuel pumpisland. Turn off the engine whenrefueling. Do not smoke nearfuel or when refueling the vehicle.Do not use cellular phones.Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials away fromfuel. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended when refueling thevehicle. This is against the law insome places. Do not re-enter thevehicle while pumping fuel. Keepchildren away from the fuel pump;never let children pump fuel.

The tethered fuel cap is locatedbehind a hinged fuel door on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

To open the fuel door, push therearward center edge in and releaseand it will open.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise.

While refueling, hang the tetheredfuel cap from the hook on thefuel door.

When reinstalling the cap, turnit clockwise until it clicks once,otherwise the malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑18.

Page 329: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (51,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-51

{ WARNING

Fuel can spray out on youif you open the fuel cap tooquickly. If you spill fuel and thensomething ignites it, you couldbe badly burned. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearly full,and is more likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly andwait for any hiss noise to stop.Then unscrew the cap all the way.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do nottop off or overfill the tank and wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible.See Exterior Care on page 10‑97.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks once. Makesure the cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑18.

{ WARNING

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuelby shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If a new fuel cap isneeded, be sure to get the righttype of cap from your dealer.The wrong type of fuel cap mightnot fit properly, might cause themalfunction indicator lamp tolight, and could damage thefuel tank and emissions system.See Malfunction Indicator Lampon page 5‑18.

Page 330: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (52,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-52 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ WARNING

Never fill a portable fuelcontainer while it is in the vehicle.Static electricity discharge fromthe container can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury toyou and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Bring the fill nozzle in contactwith the inside of the fillopening before operatingthe nozzle. Contact shouldbe maintained until the fillingis complete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Do not use a cellular phonewhile pumping fuel.

Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment thathas been designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer.

See the following trailer towinginformation in this section:. For information on driving

while towing a trailer, see“Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips.”

. For maximum vehicle and trailerweights, see “Trailer Towing.”

. For information on equipmentto tow a trailer, see “TowingEquipment.”

Page 331: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (53,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-53

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑93. For information ontowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing onpage 10‑93.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ WARNING

The driver can lose control whenpulling a trailer if the correctequipment is not used or thevehicle is not driven properly.For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes maynot work well— or even at all.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

The driver and passengers couldbe seriously injured. The vehiclemay also be damaged; theresulting repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

The vehicle can tow a trailerwhen equipped with the propertrailer towing equipment.

For trailering capacity, see TrailerTowing on page 9‑57. Traileringchanges handling, acceleration,braking, durability and fueleconomy. With the added weight,the engine, transmission, wheelassemblies and tires are forcedto work harder and under greaterloads. The trailer also adds windresistance, increasing the pullingrequirements. For safe trailering,correctly use the proper traileringequipment.

The following information hasimportant trailering tips and rulesfor your safety and that of yourpassengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

Page 332: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (54,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-54 Driving and Operating

Pulling a Trailer

Here are some important points:. There are many laws, including

speed limit restrictions that applyto trailering. Check for legalrequirements.

. Do not tow a trailer at all duringthe first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)the new vehicle is driven.The engine, axle or otherparts could be damaged.

. During the first 800 km(500 miles) that a trailer istowed, do not drive over80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.This reduces wear on thevehicle.

. The vehicle can tow inD (Drive). Use a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too often.

. Do not use the Fuel EconomyMode when towing.

. Obey speed limit restrictions.Do not drive faster than themaximum posted speed fortrailers, or no more than90 km/h (55 mph), to reducewear on the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Towing a trailer requires experience.Get familiar with handling andbraking with the added trailerweight. The vehicle is now longerand not as responsive as thevehicle is by itself.

Check all trailer hitch partsand attachments, safety chains,electrical connectors, lamps, tiresand mirror adjustments. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start the vehicleand trailer moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes are working.

During the trip, check regularly to besure that the load is secure, and thelamps and trailer brakes are workingproperly.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting tothe vehicle movement caused bythe trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.

Page 333: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (55,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-55

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that handto the left. To move the trailer tothe right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Notice: Making very sharp turnswhile trailering could cause thetrailer to come in contact withthe vehicle. The vehicle could bedamaged. Avoid making verysharp turns while trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so thetrailer will not strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees or otherobjects. Use the turn signal well inadvance and avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators on theinstrument panel flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailerlamps also flash, telling otherdrivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument panel flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Page 334: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (56,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-56 Driving and Operating

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to alower gear before starting downa long or steep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down,the brakes might have to be used somuch that they would get hot and nolonger work well.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if the transmissionshifts too often.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, engine coolantboils at a lower temperature thanat normal altitudes. If the engine isturned off immediately after towingat high altitude on steep uphillgrades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating.To avoid this, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating on page 10‑18.

Parking on Hills

{ WARNING

Parking the vehicle on a hillwith the trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, butdo not shift into P (Park) yet.Turn the wheels into the curbif facing downhill or into trafficif facing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal.Then apply the parking brakeand shift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:. Start the engine.. Shift into a gear.. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Page 335: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (57,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-57

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. See thismanual's Maintenance Schedule orindex for more information. Thingsthat are especially important intrailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system andbrake system. Inspect these beforeand during the trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheatingon page 10‑18.

Trailer TowingBefore pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:. The weight of the trailer. The weight of the trailer tongue. The total weight on the vehicle's

tires

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature andhow much the vehicle is used topull a trailer are all important.

It can depend on any specialequipment on the vehicle, and theamount of tongue weight the vehiclecan carry. See “Weight of the TrailerTongue” later in this section formore information.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is inthe tow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment.The weight of additional optionalequipment, passengers and cargo inthe tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.

Use the following chart to determinehow much the vehicle can weigh,based upon the vehicle model andoptions.

Page 336: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (58,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-58 Driving and Operating

VehicleMaximum Trailer

Weight GCWR*Maximum Tongue

Weight

3.6L Engine, FWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 185 kg (7,022 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs)

3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 640 kg (8,025 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD without TraileringPackage

1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 270 kg (7,209 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs)

3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice.See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5or Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5 for moreinformation.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (A) of any traileris an important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includesthe curb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers or cargo in

the vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be addedto the GVW because the vehiclewill be carrying that weight, too.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10 for more informationabout the vehicle's maximumload capacity.

Page 337: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (59,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-59

If a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch is beingused, the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 10‐15 percent of the totalloaded trailer weight (B).

After loading the trailer, weighthe trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Trailering may be limited by thevehicle's ability to carry tongueweight. Tongue weight cannot causethe vehicle to exceed the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) orthe RGAWR (Rear Gross AxleWeight Rating). The effect ofadditional weight may reduce thetrailering capacity more than thetotal of the additional weight.

It is important that the vehicledoes not exceed any of itsratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,Maximum Trailer Rating or TongueWeight. The only way to be sure it isnot exceeding any of these ratingsis to weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Certification label or seeVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10for more information. Make surenot to go over the GVW limit for thevehicle, or the GAWR, including theweight of the trailer tongue. If usinga weight distributing hitch, makesure not to go over the rear axlelimit before applying the weightdistribution spring bars.

Page 338: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (60,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-60 Driving and Operating

Towing Equipment

Hitches

It is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by and rough roads area few reasons why the right hitch isneeded.. The rear bumper on the vehicle

is not intended for hitches.Do not attach rental hitches orother bumper-type hitches to it.Use only a frame-mounted hitchthat does not attach to thebumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, then be sure to seal theholes later when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water, and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) fromthe exhaust can get into thevehicle. See Engine Exhaust onpage 9‑23.

Hitch Cover

The vehicle may have a hitch cover.To remove the hitch cover:

1. Turn the fasteners onthe lower tabs 90 degreescounterclockwise.

2. Lift the lower edge of the coverabout 45 degrees.

3. Pull the cover downwardto disengage the upperattachments.

To reinstall the hitch cover:

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degreeangle to the vehicle and pushthe upper tabs in the hitch coverinto the slots in the fascia.

2. Move the bottom of the coverforward until the lower tabs lineup with the lower fascia slots.

3. Snap the hitch cover into placeby pushing the upper cornersforward.

4. Turn the fasteners on the lowertabs 90 degrees clockwise tolock the cover in place.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongueof the trailer to help prevent thetongue from contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack sothe rig can turn. Never allow safetychains to drag on the ground.

Page 339: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (61,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Driving and Operating 9-61

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs morethan 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs tohave its own brake system thatis adequate for the weight of thetrailer. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has anti-lockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If you do, both brakesystems will not work well, or at all.

Trailer SwayControl (TSC)The vehicle has a Trailer SwayControl (TSC) feature as partof the StabiliTrak system.If TSC detects that the traileris swaying, the vehicle's brakesare automatically applied.

When TSC is applying the brakes,the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator lightflashes to notify the driver to reducespeed. If the trailer continues tosway, StabiliTrak will reduce enginetorque to help slow the vehicle.

TSC will not function if StabiliTrak isturned off. See StabiliTrak® Systemon page 9‑34 for more information.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Do not add anythingelectrical to the vehicle unlessyou check with your dealer first.Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle and thedamage would not be coveredby the vehicle's warranty. Someadd-on electrical equipment cankeep other components fromworking as they should.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑34 and AddingEquipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑35.

Page 340: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (62,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

9-62 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES

Page 341: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-3

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10

Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-20Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-25Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-37Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-40Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-40

Electrical SystemElectrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

Page 342: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-50Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-69Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-71Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-88

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-93Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-103

Page 343: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-3

General InformationFor service and parts needs,visit your dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Page 344: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-4 Vehicle Care

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performanceand safety, including such thingsas airbags, braking, stability, rideand handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications orthe installation or use of non‐GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications,is not covered under the terms ofthe vehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑35.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your ownservice work, use the properservice manual. It tells you muchmore about how to service thevehicle than this manual can.

Page 345: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-5

To order the proper service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑18.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑34.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the dateof any service work performed.See Maintenance Records onpage 11‑15.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the release handle with theabove symbol on it. It is locatedbelow the instrument panel tothe left of the steering wheel.

2. Move the secondary hoodrelease lever up to releasethe striker. The lever is locatednear the middle of the hood.

3. Lift the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure allthe filler caps are on properly.

Page 346: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Page 347: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.

B. Power Steering Reservoir andCap (Under Engine Cover).See Power Steering Fluid onpage 10‑20.

C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil on page 10‑8.

D. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out ofView). See Engine Oil onpage 10‑8.

E. Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

F. Transmission Fluid Capand Dipstick (Out of View).See Automatic TransmissionFluid on page 10‑12.

G. Brake Master CylinderReservoir. See Brakes onpage 10‑22.

H. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. See EngineCoolant on page 10‑15.

I. Battery (Out of View).See Battery on page 10‑24.

J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑88.

K. Remote Negative (−) Terminal(Out of View). See JumpStarting on page 10‑88.

L. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10‑42.

M. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑21.

Engine Cover

A. Oil Fill Cap

B. Engine Cover Bolt

C. Engine Cover

Page 348: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-8 Vehicle Care

To remove:

1. Remove the oil fill cap (A).

2. Remove the engine coverbolt (B).

3. Raise the engine cover (C) torelease from the retainers.

4. Lift and remove the enginecover.

5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 toreinstall engine cover.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life,careful attention must be paidto engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps willhelp protect your investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification andof the proper viscosity grade.See “Selecting the Right EngineOil” in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See EngineOil Life System on page 10‑10.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In orderto get an accurate reading, thevehicle must be on level ground.The engine oil dipstick handleis a yellow loop. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for the locationof the engine oil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

2. Pull out the dipstick and cleanit with a paper towel or cloth,then push it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping thetip down, and check the level.

Page 349: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-9

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2.

Notice: Do not add too muchoil. Oil levels above or belowthe acceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find thatyou have an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the proper

operating range, the enginecould be damaged. You shoulddrain out the excess oil or limitdriving of the vehicle and seek aservice professional to removethe excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engineoils with the dexos1™ approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos1approved certification mark.This certification mark indicatesthat the oil has been approvedto the dexos1 specification.

Notice: Failure to use therecommended engine oil orequivalent can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check withyour dealer or service provideron whether the oil is approvedto the dexos1 specification.

Page 350: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-10 Vehicle Care

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50.

If in an area of extreme cold,where the temperature falls below−20°F (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30oil should be used. An oil of thisviscosity grade will provide easiercold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil that meetsthe dexos1 specification orequivalent. See “Specification”for more information.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil.The recommended oils with thedexos specification and displayingthe dexos certification mark are allthat is needed for good performanceand engine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all theoil from the filter before disposal.Never dispose of oil by puttingit in the trash or pouring it on theground, into sewers, or into streamsor bodies of water. Recycle it bytaking it to a place that collectsused oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably.For the oil life system to workproperly, the system must be resetevery time the oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished,it indicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.

Page 351: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-11

See Engine Oil Messages onpage 5‑35. Change the oil as soonas possible within the next 1 000 km(600 mi). It is possible that, if drivingunder the best conditions, the oillife system might indicate that anoil change is not necessary for upto a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once ayear and at this time the systemmust be reset. Your dealer hastrained service people who willperform this work and reset thesystem. It is also important to checkthe oil regularly over the course ofan oil drain interval and keep it atthe proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC MENU button andthumbwheel on the turn signallever, display REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27 and Engine OilMessages on page 5‑35.

2. Press the SET/CLR button toreset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition on with theengine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on,the system is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Page 352: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-12 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to checkthe transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is theonly reason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired assoon as possible.

There is a special procedurefor checking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.Contact your dealer for additionalinformation or the procedure canbe found in the service manual.To purchase a service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑18.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule on page 11‑4, andbe sure to use the fluid listedin Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Inspect the air cleaner/filter at thescheduled maintenance intervalsand replace it at the first oil changeafter each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)interval. See Maintenance Scheduleon page 11‑4 for more information.If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,inspect the filter at each engine oilchange.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

To inspect the air cleaner/filter,remove the filter from the vehicleand lightly shake the filter torelease loose dust and dirt. If thefilter remains covered with dirt, anew filter is required. Never usecompressed air to clean the filter.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

2. Locate the air filter housing onthe front of the passenger sideof the engine compartment.See Engine CompartmentOverview on page 10‑6.

Page 353: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-13

A. Air Duct Clamp

B. Electrical Connector

C. Retaining Clips

3. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air duct clamp (A).

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (B).

5. Lift the 3 retaining clips (C) onthe air filter housing.

6. Tilt and lift the cover slightlyupwards and slide the coveraway from outside edge of thevehicle. Remove the air filter.

A. Cover Cut Outs

B. Air Filter Tabs

7. To install the air filter, place filterinside box where the pleats fit inbetween the tabs located insidethe lower box. Ensure that thecover cut outs (A) on both sidesmatch the air filter tabs (B) onboth sides.

8. Replace air cleaner coverby inserting the 4 tabs intothe 4 slots. Lower cover to meetbottom of box. Place the 3 clipson retention features and clipclosed.

9. Retighten the air duct clamp.

10. Reconnect the electricalconnector.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause youor others to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air;it helps to stop flames if theengine backfires. Use cautionwhen working on the engineand do not drive with the aircleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter isoff, dirt can easily get into theengine, which could damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filterin place when you are driving.

Notice: Installing an aircleaner different than the onerecommended in MaintenanceReplacement Parts may causeengine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Page 354: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-14 Vehicle Care

Cooling SystemWhen it is safe to lift the hood:

A. Engine Cooling Fan(Out of View)

B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked ona level surface.

The coolant level should bebetween the MIN and MAX lines.If it is not, the vehicle may havea leak at the radiator hoses, heaterhoses, radiator, water pump,or somewhere else in the coolingsystem.

{ WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if thereis a leak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak,with the engine on, check tosee if the electric engine coolingfan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, the vehicleneeds service. Turn off the engine.

Page 355: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-15

Notice: Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner, at 50 000 km (30,000mi)or 24months, whichever occursfirst. Any repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use DEX-COOL(silicate-free) coolant in thevehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicleis filled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10‑18

What to Use

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could gettoo hot but you would not getthe overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection upto 129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Notice: If an improper coolantmixture is used, the engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Too much water in the mixturecan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core, and otherparts.

Page 356: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-16 Vehicle Care

Never dispose of engine coolantby putting it in the trash, pouringit on the ground, or into sewers,streams, or bodies of water.Have the coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visiblein the coolant surge tank. If thecoolant inside the coolant surgetank is boiling, do not do anythingelse until it cools down. If coolantis visible but the coolant levelis not at the indicated mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑18 for more information.

The coolant surge tank is locatedin the engine compartmenton the driver side of the vehicle.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for more informationon location.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Notice: This vehicle has aspecific coolant fill procedure.Failure to follow this procedurecould cause the engine tooverheat and be severelydamaged.

If no problem is found, checkto see if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If coolant isvisible but the coolant level is notat the indicated level mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant atthe coolant surge tank, but be surethe cooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap,is cool before you do it.

{ WARNING

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turnthe coolant surge tank pressurecap— even a little— they cancome out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andcoolant surge tank pressure capto cool if you ever have to turnthe pressure cap.

Page 357: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-17

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Notice: In cold weather, watercan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core and otherparts. Use the recommendedcoolant and the proper coolantmixture.

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that to stop.This will allow any pressurestill left to be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Then keep turning the pressurecap slowly and remove it.

Page 358: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-18 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiator hosegetting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the properDEX-COOL® coolant mixtureto the coolant surge tank untilthe level reaches the indicatedlevel mark.

5. Then replace the pressure cap.Be sure the pressure cap ishand-tight.

Check the level in the coolant surgetank when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is notat the proper level, repeat Steps 1through 3 and reinstall the pressurecap. If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the system coolsdown again, see your dealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature warning light onthe vehicle's instrument panel.See Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge on page 5‑14.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,but instead get service help rightaway. See Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑10.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engineand have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Engine damage fromrunning the engine withoutcoolant is not covered by thewarranty.

Notice: If the engine catches firebecause of being driven with nocoolant, the vehicle can be badlydamaged. The costly repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Page 359: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-19

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ WARNING

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before youopen the hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Stops after high-speed driving. Idles for long periods in traffic. Tows a trailer

If the overheat warning displays withno sign of steam:

1. Turn the air off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. In heavy traffic, let the engineidle in N (Neutral) while stopped.If it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the temperature overheat gaugeis no longer in the overheat zoneor an overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normally.

If the warning continues, pullover, stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam,idle the engine for three minuteswhile parked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine untilit cools down.

Page 360: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-20 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for reservoir location.

When to Check Power SteeringFluid

It is not necessary to regularlycheck power steering fluid unlessa leak is suspected in the systemor unusual noise is heard. A fluidloss in this system could indicate aproblem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.

How to Check Power SteeringFluid

Notice: Extremely small amountsof contamination can causesteering system damage andcause it to not work properly.Do not allow contaminants tocontact the fluid side of thereservoir cap/dipstick or toenter the reservoir.

To check the power steering fluid:

1. Turn the engine off and let theengine compartment cool down.

2. Remove the engine cover,if required. See Engine Cover onpage 10‑7.

3. Wipe the cap and the top of thereservoir clean.

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe thedipstick with a clean rag.

5. Replace the cap and completelytighten it.

6. Remove the cap again and lookat the fluid level on the dipstick.

The level should be within theHOT mark. If necessary, add onlyenough fluid to bring the level withinthe mark.

What to Use

To determine what kind of fluid touse, see Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13. Alwaysuse the proper fluid.

Page 361: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-21

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluidis needed, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature mayfall below freezing, use a fluid thathas sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

The WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID message appears on theDriver Information Center (DIC)when the fluid level is low.

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluidup to the fill mark. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for reservoir location.

Notice. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer's instructionsfor adding water.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters fullwhen it is very cold. Thisallows for fluid expansionif freezing occurs, whichcould damage the tank ifit is completely full.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

Page 362: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-22 Vehicle Care

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes.Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ WARNING

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, havethe vehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads could resultin costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts inthe proper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be asign that brake service mightbe required.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the frontand rear brakes — for the worse.The braking performance expectedcan change in many other ways ifthe wrong replacement brake partsare installed.

Page 363: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-23

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons whythe brake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brakehydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct aleak. If fluid is added when thelinings are worn, there will be toomuch fluid when new brake liningsare installed. Add or remove brakefluid, as necessary, only when workis done on the brake hydraulicsystem.

{ WARNING

If too much brake fluid is added,it can spill on the engine andburn, if the engine is hot enough.You or others could be burned,and the vehicle could bedamaged. Add brake fluid onlywhen work is done on the brakehydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑21.

Page 364: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-24 Vehicle Care

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brakefluid from a sealed container.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the areaaround the cap before removing it.This helps keep dirt from enteringthe reservoir.

{ WARNING

With the wrong kind of fluid inthe brake hydraulic system,the brakes might not work well.This could cause a crash. Alwaysuse the proper brake fluid.

Notice. Using the wrong fluidcan badly damage brakehydraulic system parts.For example, just a fewdrops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in thebrake hydraulic system candamage brake hydraulicsystem parts so badly thatthey will have to be replaced.Do not let someone put inthe wrong kind of fluid.

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful notto spill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, washit off immediately.

BatteryRefer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for battery location.

{ WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Page 365: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (25,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-25

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑88 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

When to Check and ChangeLubricant

The transfer case is filled with oilduring manufacture, which thendoes not require changing. It is notnecessary to regularly check thetransfer case fluid unless there is aleak suspected or an unusual noiseis heard. A fluid loss could indicatea problem. It is recommended tohave the transfer case servicedat your dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turnoff the engine immediatelyif it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Page 366: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (26,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-26 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check,be sure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It shouldbe parked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake,set the parking brake.. To check the parking brake's

holding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shiftto P (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Page 367: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (27,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-27

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades shouldbe inspected for wear or cracking.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4 for more information.

It is a good idea to clean or replacethe wiper blade assembly ona regular basis or when worn.For proper windshield wiper bladelength and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑14.

Notice: Allowing the wiper armto touch the windshield whenno wiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would not becovered by your warranty. Do notallow the wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the wiper bladeassembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector, andpull the wiper blade away fromthe arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse steps 1 through 3 forwiper blade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiperarm have a cover for protection.The cover must be removed beforethe wiper blade can be replaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under coverand push upward to unsnap.

2. Slide cover towards wiperblade tip to unhook fromblade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that cover hook slidesinto slot in blade assembly.

5. Snap cover down to secure.

Page 368: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (28,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-28 Vehicle Care

To remove the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from thewindshield.

A. Wiper Arm

B. Release Lever

C. Blade Assembly

2. Push the release lever (B) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (A) out of theblade assembly (C).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace wiper cover.

Headlamp AimingThe headlamp aiming system hasbeen preset at the factory.

If the vehicle is damaged in anaccident, the aim of the headlampscan be affected and adjustmentcould be necessary.

It is recommended that a dealeradjust the headlamps. To re-aimthe headlamps yourself, use thefollowing procedure.

The vehicle should be properlyprepared as follows:. The vehicle should be placed so

the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft)from a light-colored wall.

. The vehicle must have all fourtires on a level surface which islevel all the way to the wall.

Page 369: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (29,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-29

. The vehicle should be placed soit is perpendicular to the wall.

. The vehicle should not have anysnow, ice, or mud on it.

. The vehicle should be fullyassembled and all other workstopped while headlamp aimingis being performed.

. The vehicle should be normallyloaded with a full tank of fuel andone person or 75 kg (160 lbs)sitting on the driver seat.

. Tires should be properly inflated.

Headlamp aiming is done with thevehicle's low-beam headlamps.The high-beam headlamps will becorrectly aimed if the low-beamheadlamps are aimed properly.

To adjust the vertical aim:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑5 for more information.

Base Vehicle

Up-level Vehicle

2. Locate the aim point atthe center inner projectorcondensing lens of the low-beamheadlamp, not the outer lens.

3. Measure the distance from theground to the aim dot on thelow-beam headlamp. Recordthe distance.

Page 370: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (30,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-30 Vehicle Care

4. At the wall, measure fromthe ground upward (A) tothe recorded distance fromStep 3 and mark it.

5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B)on the wall the width of thevehicle at the height of themark in Step 4.

Notice: Do not cover a headlampto improve beam cut-off whenaiming. Covering a headlamp maycause excessive heat build-upwhich may cause damage to theheadlamp.

6. Turn on the low-beamheadlamps and place a pieceof cardboard or equivalent infront of the headlamp not beingadjusted. This allows only thebeam of light from the headlampbeing adjusted to be seen on theflat surface.

7. Locate the vertical headlampadjusters, which are under thehood near each headlampassembly.

For the vehicle equipped with abase level lamp (halogen bulb),there will be one verticalheadlamp adjuster (V1).

Page 371: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (31,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-31

For the vehicle equipped with anup-level headlamp (HID), therewill be two vertical headlampadjusters for V1 and V2 (A).

Some vehicles havefunnel-shaped caps on theadjusters for easier access ofa Number 2 Phillips screwdriverto turn the adjusters.

8. For the base vehicle, turn thevertical adjuster (V1) until theheadlamp beam is aimed tothe horizontal tape line. Turn itclockwise or counterclockwiseto raise or lower the angle ofthe beam.

For the up-level vehicle, turn thevertical adjusters (V1 and V2)simultaneously until theheadlamp beam is aimed to thehorizontal tape line. Turn themclockwise or counterclockwiseto raise or lower the angle ofthe beam.

9. Make sure that the light fromthe headlamp is positionedat the bottom edge of thehorizontal tape line. The lampon the left (A) shows the correctheadlamp aim. The lamp on theright (B) shows the incorrectheadlamp aim.

10. Repeat Steps 7–9 for theopposite headlamp.

Page 372: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (32,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-32 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10‑40.

For any bulb changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ WARNING

The low beam high intensitydischarge lighting systemoperates at a very high voltage.If you try to service any of thesystem components, you couldbe seriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might bea slightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

Headlamps

Base Headlamp Assembly(Front View Passenger Side)

A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/DaytimeRunning Lamp (DRL)

B. High‐Beam Headlamp

C. Turn Signal Lamp

Page 373: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (33,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-33

Base Headlamp Assembly(Rear View Passenger Side)

A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/DaytimeRunning Lamp (DRL)

B. High‐Beam Headlamp

C. Turn Signal Lamp

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly(Front View Driver Side)

A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp(To be replaced at dealer only)

B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)

C. Turn Signal Lamp

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly(Rear View Driver Side)

A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp(To be replaced at dealer only)

B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)

C. Turn Signal Lamp

Page 374: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (34,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-34 Vehicle Care

Driver Side

The removal of the underhoodelectrical center is required for thereplacement of one of these bulbs:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

{ WARNING

Liquids from environment orspillage and/or tools placed ontop of or used in the underhoodelectrical center while the coveris removed can pose a risk ofelectrical shock/burn to anyonein the vicinity. These conditionscan also cause damage toelectrical components on thevehicle. Keep liquids and toolsaway from the underhoodelectrical center when thecover is removed.

2. Unlatch three clips and lift upthe underhood electrical centercover to remove.

Passenger Side

The removal of the air filter/cleanerassembly and base is required forthe replacement of one of thesebulbs:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

A. Air Duct Clamp

B. Connector Lock

C. Sensor Connectors

D. Retaining Clips

2. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air duct clamp (A).

Page 375: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (35,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-35

3. Remove the connector lock (B)located at the bottom of thesensor connector (C).

4. Press on the top and bottom ofthe sensor connectors (C) andremove.

5. Lift the three retaining clips (D)on the air filter housing.

6. Turn and tilt cover slightlyupwards and slide cover awayfrom outside edge of vehicle.Lift the cover away from base.

7. Lift the air cleaner/filter base todisengage from three pins.

Low-Beam Headlamps/DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL),High-Beam Headlamps (Base)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, remove thetop cap to replace the low-beamheadlamp/DRL bulb.

2. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, removethe bottom cap to replace thehigh-beam headlamp bulb.

3. Disconnect electrical connector.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly.

5. Replace the bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket in theheadlamp assembly.

7. Connect the electrical connector.

Page 376: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (36,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-36 Vehicle Care

8. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in the backof the headlamp assembly.

9. For driver side, reinstall theunderhood electrical centercover by latching three clips.

10. For passenger side, reinstallthe air filter/cleaner assemblybase by pushing to seat.Verify the base is seatedsecurely, then install the engineair filter/cleaner assembly.

High/Low‐Beam Headlamps(Uplevel)

The high/low beam headlampson the uplevel are High IntensityDischarge (HID) and should bereplaced at the dealer.

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)(Uplevel)

1. From the back side of theheadlamp assembly, removethe bottom cap to replace theDRL bulb.

2. Disconnect electrical connector.

3. Remove the DRL bulb socketfrom the headlamp assembly.

4. Replace the bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket in theheadlamp assembly.

6. Connect the electrical connector.

7. Install the cap with the downarrow pointing down in the backof the headlamp assembly.

8. For driver side, reinstall theunderhood electrical centercover by latching three clips.

9. For passenger side, reinstallthe air filter/cleaner assemblybase by pushing to seat.Verify the base is seatedsecurely, then install the engineair filter/cleaner assembly.

Page 377: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (37,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-37

Front Turn Signal Lamp(Base and Uplevel)

To replace the Front TurnSignal Lamp:

1. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb from the socket.

3. Replace the bulb in the bulbsocket.

4. Install the bulb socket in theheadlamp assembly.

5. For driver side, reinstall theunderhood electrical centercover by latching three clips.

6. For passenger side, reinstall theair filter/cleaner assembly baseby pushing to seat . Verify thebase is seated securely, theninstall the engine air filter/cleaner assembly.

Turn Signal LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑14.

A. Push Pin

B. Taillamp Cover

2. Pull on push pin (A) to releasethe taillamp cover (B).

3. Remove the taillamp cover fromthe lamp assembly by pullingrearward from the top tounfasten from snap tabs.

4. Remove the two screws from thetaillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.

Page 378: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (38,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-38 Vehicle Care

A. Turn Signal Lamp

B. Back-Up Bulb/Socket

6. Turn the turn signal lamp (A)bulb socket counterclockwiseto remove it from the taillampassembly.

7. Pull the bulb straight out fromthe socket.

8. Press a new bulb into thesocket, insert it into the taillampassembly and turn the bulbsocket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

Back-Up LampsTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑14.

A. Push Pin

B. Taillamp Cover

2. Pull on push pin (A) to releasethe taillamp cover (B).

3. Remove the taillamp cover fromthe lamp assembly by pullingrearward from the top tounfasten from snap tabs.

Page 379: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (39,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-39

4. Remove the two screws from thetaillamp assembly.

5. Pull the taillamp assemblystraight back to remove.

A. Turn Signal Lamp

B. Back–Up Bulb/SocketAssembly

6. Disconnect the wireharness from the back–upbulb/socket (B).

7. Turn the back–up bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the taillamp assembly.

8. Install a new bulb/socketassembly into the taillampassembly and turn the bulb/socket clockwise until it clicks.

9. Reinstall the taillamp assemblyand tighten the screws.

10. Reinstall the taillamp cover bysnapping it into place.

11. Push the push pin to securethe taillamp cover.

Page 380: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (40,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-40 Vehicle Care

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑14 for moreinformation.

Passenger Side Shown,Driver Side Similar

2. Push the left end of the lampassembly towards the right.

3. Turn the lamp assembly down toremove from liftgate.

A. Bulb Socket

B. Bulb

C. Lamp Assembly

4. Turn the bulb socket (A)counterclockwise to removefrom lamp assembly (C).

5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out ofthe bulb socket.

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket andturn the bulb socket clockwiseto install into lamp assembly.

7. Turn the lamp assembly into theliftgate engaging the clip sidefirst.

8. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back‐up LampHyperclickPH16W

DaytimeRunning Lamp

7443

HeadlampHigh-Beam

9005

HeadlampLow-Beam

H10

License Plate Lamp 194LL

Turn Signal Front 7440

Tail/TurnSignal Rear W21W

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Page 381: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (41,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-41

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed.This greatly reduces the chanceof circuit overload and fire causedby electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the roadand a fuse needs to be replaced,the same amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Havethe headlamp wiring checked rightaway if the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before usingthe windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snowor ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperagecan be temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon asyou can.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10‑42 and Rear CompartmentFuse Block on page 10‑46.

Page 382: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (42,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-42 Vehicle Care

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockTo remove the fuse block cover,press the clips on the cover and liftit straight up.

Notice: Spilling liquid on anyelectrical component on thevehicle may damage it. Alwayskeep the covers on any electricalcomponent.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

J-CaseFuses

Usage

6 Wiper

12 Vacuum Pump

J-CaseFuses

Usage

24Antilock BrakeSystem Pump

25Rear ElectricalCenter 1

Page 383: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (43,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-43

J-CaseFuses

Usage

26Rear ElectricalCenter 2

41 Cooling Fan 2

42 Starter

45 Cooling Fan 1

Mini Fuses Usage

1Engine ControlModule Battery

2TransmissionControl ModuleBattery

5Engine ControlModule Run Crank

7Post–CatalyticConverter O2Sensor

8Pre–CatalyticConverter O2Sensor

Mini Fuses Usage

9 Engine ControlModule Powertrain

10 Fuel Injectors–Even

11 Fuel Injectors-Odd

13 Washer

14Heated SteeringWheel

16

Instrument PanelCluster/MalfunctionIndicator Lamp/Ignition

17 Air Quality Sensor

18 Headlamp Washer

19TransmissionControl ModuleRun Crank

20Rear ElectricalCenter Run Crank

30 Switch Back Light

Mini Fuses Usage

32Battery Sense(Regulated VoltageControl)

33

Adaptive ForwardLighting/AdaptiveHeadlamp LevelingModule

34Body ControlModule 7

35Electronic BrakeControl Module

36 Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

46Low-BeamHeadlamp‐Right

47Low-BeamHeadlamp‐Left

50 Front Fog Lamps

51 Horn

52Fuel System ControlModule

53 Headlamp Level

Page 384: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (44,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-44 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

54 Sensing DiagnosticModule Ignition

55High-BeamHeadlamp-Right

56High-BeamHeadlamp-Left

57Ignition SteeringColumn Lock

65Trailer RightStoplamp

66 Trailer Left Stoplamp

67 Spare

68 Spare

69 Spare

70 Spare

71 Spare

72 Spare

Mini Relays Usage

7 Powertrain

9 Cooling Fan 2

13 Cooling Fan 1

15 Run/Crank

MicroRelays

Usage

2 Vacuum Pump

4 Wiper Control

5 Wiper Speed

10 Starter

12 Cool Fan 3

14 Low Beam/HID

U MicroRelays

Usage

3Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

8 Headlamp Washer

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse blockis located in the center consolebetween the driver and passengerseats. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door from thepassenger side by pulling it out.

To reinstall the door, push the doorback into its original location.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays andfeatures shown.

Page 385: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (45,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-45

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Mini Fuses Usage

DISPLY Display

S/ROOF Sunroof

RVC MIRRRear VisionCamera Mirror

UHPUniversalHandsfree Phone

RDO Radio

APO- IPAuxiliary PowerOutlet- InstrumentPanel

APO- CNSLAuxiliary PowerOutlet- FloorConsole

BCM 3Body ControlModule 3

BCM 4Body ControlModule 4

BCM 5Body ControlModule 5

ONSTAROnStar® System(If Equipped)

Page 386: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (46,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-46 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor

BCM 6Body ControlModule 6

ESCLElectronic SteeringColumn Lock

AIRBAGSensing andDiagnostic Module

DLCData LinkConnector

IPCInstrument PanelCluster

SPARE Not Used

BCM 1Body ControlModule 1

BCM 2Body ControlModule 2

AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio

HVACHeating Ventilation& Air Conditioning

J-CaseFuses

Usage

BCM 8Body ControlModule 8

FRT BLWR Front Blower

Relays Usage

LOGIC RLY Logistics Relay

RAP/ACCY RLY

RetainedAccessory Power/Accessory Relay

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block islocated in the cargo area, on thedriver side of the vehicle behind thelower trim panel. To open, turn thelatch with a flat bladed tool and pullthe trim panel from the edges to foldit down.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Page 387: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (47,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-47

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

Fuses Usage

SPAREFUSES

Spare Fuses

AOS MDLAutomatic OccupantSensing Module

SPARE Not Used

SPARE Not Used

SPARE Not Used

PASS DRWDO SW

Passenger DoorWindow Switch

DRVPWR SEAT

Driver Power Seat

PASS DRPWR SEAT

Passenger/DriverPower Seats

MDL TRLR Trailer Module

RPA MDLRear Parking AssistModule

RDM Rear Drive Module

PRKLPS TRLR

Trailer Park Lamps

FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

Fuses Usage

* SEC Security

INFOTMNT Infotainment

* TRLR EXP Trailer Export

WPR REAR Rear Wiper

MIRWDO MDL

Mirror WindowModule

VICSVehicle InformationCommunicationsSystem (Export)

CNSTRVENT

Canister Vent

LGMLOGIC

Lift Gate ModuleLogic

CAMERA Rear Vision Camera

FRTVENT SEAT

Front VentilatedSeats

TRLR MDL Trailer Module

SADS MDLSemi ActiveDamping SystemModule

Page 388: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (48,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-48 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

RRHTD SEAT

Rear Heated Seats

FRTHTD SEAT

Front Heated Seats

THEFTHORN

Theft Horn

* LGATE Liftgate

SHUNT Shunt

REARDEFOG

Rear Defog

* BCMTHEFT

Body ControlModule Theft

* TRLR 2 Trailer 2

UGDOUniversal GarageDoor Opener

Fuses Usage

RT WDO Right Window

PRKBRK MDL

Park Brake Module

SPARE Not Used

LT WDO Left Window

IGN/THEFT 1

Ignition/Theft 1

LGATEMDL Liftgate Module

IGN/THEFT 2

Ignition/Theft 2

SPARE Not Used

HTD MIR Heated Mirror

AUX PWRAuxiliary PowerOutlet

Relays Usage

SPARE Not Used

* FUELPUMP

Fuel Pump

WPRCONTRL Wiper Control

* RUN RLY Run Relay

LOGICLogistic Relay(Export)

DEFOGREAR

Rear WindowDefogger

*Denotes uplevel content.

Page 389: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (49,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-49

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made bya leading tire manufacturer.See the warranty manualfor information regardingthe tire warranty and whereto get service. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ WARNING

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowout anda serious crash. See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑10.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Underinflated tires pose thesame danger as overloadedtires. The resulting crashcould cause serious injury.Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressureshould be checked whenthe tires are cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact— such as whenhitting a pothole. Keep tires atthe recommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires can causea crash. If the tread is badlyworn, replace them.

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Only thedealer or an authorized tireservice center should repair,replace, dismount, and mountthe tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h (35 mph)on slippery surfaces suchas snow, mud, ice, etc.Excessive spinning maycause the tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation onpage 10‑57 for inflation pressureadjustment for high-speeddriving.

Page 390: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (50,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-50 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about atire is molded into its sidewall.The examples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example

(A) Tire Size: The tire sizeis a combination of lettersand numbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,

aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(B) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meetor exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(C) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates thatthe tire is in compliancewith the U.S. Departmentof Transportation MotorVehicle Safety Standards.

(D) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code arethe Tire Identification Number(TIN). The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(E) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(F) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are requiredto grade tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑67.

Page 391: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (51,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-51

(G) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure neededto support that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(A) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(B) Temporary Use Only:The compact spare tire ortemporary use tire has atread life of approximately5 000 km (3,000 mi) andshould not be driven at speedsover 105 km/h (65 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire on page 10‑88 and If a TireGoes Flat on page 10‑71.

(C) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plantcode, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TINis molded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(D) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure neededto support that load.

(E) Tire Inflation: Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflatedto 420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56.

Page 392: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (52,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-52 Vehicle Care

(F) Tire Size: A combinationof letters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(G) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meetor exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an exampleof a typical passenger vehicletire size.

(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire:The United States versionof a metric tire sizing system.The letter P as the firstcharacter in the tire sizemeans a passenger vehicletire engineered to standardsset by the U.S. Tire and RimAssociation.

(B) Tire Width: The three‐digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digitnumber that indicates the tireheight‐to‐width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem C of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(D) Construction Code: Aletter code is used to indicatethe type of ply construction inthe tire. The letter R meansradial ply construction; theletter D means diagonal orbias ply construction; and theletter B means belted‐bias plyconstruction.

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

Page 393: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (53,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-53

(F) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amountof air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inchof the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight: Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examplesof optional accessories areautomatic transmission, powersteering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the plies are laidat alternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerlineof the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10‑56.

Curb Weight: The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment includingthe maximum capacity of fuel,oil, and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings: A codemolded into the sidewall of atire signifying that the tire isin compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10.

Page 394: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (54,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-54 Vehicle Care

GAWR FRT: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front axle.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

GAWR RR: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the rear axle.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire:A tire used on light duty trucksand some multipurposepassenger vehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating:The load rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight:The number of occupants avehicle is designed to seatmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs).See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side thatfaces outward when mountedon a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A tire used on passenger carsand some light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10‑56 andVehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑10.

Page 395: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (55,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-55

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: Analphanumeric code assignedto a tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tirethat comes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across thetread of a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains.See When It Is Time for NewTires on page 10‑64.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards): A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature,and treadwear. Ratingsare determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.See Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑67.

Vehicle Capacity Weight:The number of designatedseating positions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached toa vehicle showing thevehicle capacity weight andthe original equipment tire sizeand recommended inflationpressure. See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑10.

Page 396: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (56,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tire PressureTires need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Neither tireunderinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tiresthat have too much air,can result in:. Unusual wear.. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on thevehicle indicates the originalequipment tires and the correctcold tire inflation pressures.The recommended pressureis the minimum air pressureneeded to support the vehicle'smaximum load carrying capacity.

For additional informationregarding how much weightthe vehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑10.How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more. Do not forget thecompact spare tire, if the vehiclehas one. The cold compactspare should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire on page 10‑88.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.

Page 397: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (57,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-57

If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label,no further adjustment isnecessary. If the inflationpressure is low, add air untilthe recommended pressure isreached. If the inflation pressureis high, press on the metal stemin the center of the tire valve torelease air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Return the valve caps on thevalve stems to prevent leaksand keep out dirt and moisture.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ WARNING

Driving at high speeds,160 km/h (100mph) or higher,puts an additional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.You could have a crash and youor others could be killed. Somehigh-speed rated tires requireinflation pressure adjustmentfor high-speed operation. Whenspeed limits and road conditionsare such that a vehicle can bedriven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, in excellent condition,and set to the correct cold tireinflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/65R18,P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph)or higher. Set the cold inflationpressure to the maximum inflationpressure shown on the tire sidewall,or 260 kPa (38 psi), whicheveris lower. Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10 and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56.

The maximum load and inflationpressure is molded on thetire sidewall, in small letters,near the rim flange. It will readsomething like this: Maximum load690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)Max. Press.

Page 398: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (58,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-58 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings toa receiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare(if provided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped witha tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantlyunder‐inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving ona significantly under‐inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under‐inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency andtire tread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS isnot a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under‐inflationhas not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start‐ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicatoris illuminated, the system maynot be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑59 foradditional information.

Page 399: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (59,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-59

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rulesand with Industry CanadaStandards

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑23 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)Rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warnthe driver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressurein the tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the tire loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

A message to check the pressuredisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The low tire pressurewarning light and the DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the tires are inflatedto the correct inflation pressure.

Using the DIC, tire pressure levelscan be viewed. For additionalinformation and details about theDIC operation and displays seeDriver Information Center (DIC) onpage 5‑27.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven.This could be an early indicator thatthe air pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10, for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10‑56.

Page 400: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (60,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-60 Vehicle Care

The TPMS can warn abouta low tire pressure condition butit does not replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspectionon page 10‑62, Tire Rotation onpage 10‑63 and Tires onpage 10‑49.

Notice: Tire sealant materials arenot all the same. A non-approvedtire sealant could damagethe TPMS sensors. TPMSsensor damage caused byusing an incorrect tire sealantis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use onlythe GM-approved tire sealantavailable through your dealeror included in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑73 forinformation regarding the inflatorkit materials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the low tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainderof the ignition cycle. A DICwarning message also displays.The malfunction light and DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the problem iscorrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire.The spare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and the DIC messageshould go off after the roadtire is replaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done ornot completed successfullyafter rotating the tires.The malfunction light andthe DIC message should gooff after successfully completingthe sensor matching process.See "TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensorsare missing or damaged.The malfunction light andthe DIC message should gooff when the TPMS sensorsare installed and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealerfor service.

Page 401: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (61,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-61

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10‑65.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to anew tire/wheel position after rotatingthe vehicle’s tires or replacingone or more of the TPMS sensors.Also, the TPMS sensor matchingprocess should be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to matchthe first tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match allfour tire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions on page 9‑17.

3. Select the vehicle informationmenu using the menu button.

4. Select the tire pressure screenusing the up/down thumbwheel.

5. Press and hold SET/CLR tobegin the sensor matchingprocess.

Page 402: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (62,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-62 Vehicle Care

6. Press SET/CLR to confirmselection. The horn soundstwice to signal the receiveris in relearn mode and TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the buttonto activate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passengerside front tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passengerside rear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

12. Press STOP to turn theignition off.

13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cordor fabric.

Page 403: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (63,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-63

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotatedevery 12 000 km (7,500 mi).See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11‑4.

Tires are rotated to achievea uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Any time unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires assoon as possible and checkthe wheel alignment. Also checkfor damaged tires or wheels.See When It Is Time for NewTires on page 10‑64 and WheelReplacement on page 10‑69.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tiresto the recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information labelafter the tires have beenrotated. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56 and Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10‑59.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications onpage 12‑2.

Page 404: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (64,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-64 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened,can make wheel nuts becomeloose after time. The wheelcould come off and cause anaccident. When changing awheel, remove any rust or dirtfrom places where the wheelattaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however,use a scraper or wire brush laterto remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel changeor tire rotation to preventcorrosion or rust build-up.Do not get grease on the flatwheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one wayto tell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appearwhen the tires have only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.

See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 formore information.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies for the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple conditionsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. Tires will typicallyneed to be replaced due to wearbefore they may need to bereplaced due to age. Consult the tiremanufacturer for more informationon when tires should be replaced.

Page 405: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (65,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-65

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle.Park a vehicle that will be storedfor at least a month in a cool, dry,clean area away from direct sunlightto slow aging. This area should befree of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended periodcan cause flat spots on the tiresthat may result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tiresor raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed andmatched specific tires forthe vehicle. The originalequipment tires installedwere designed to meetGeneral Motors TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the sameTPC Spec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over adozen critical specificationsthat impact the overallperformance of the vehicle,including brake systemperformance, rideand handling, tractioncontrol, and tire pressuremonitoring performance.

GM's TPC Spec number ismolded onto the tire's sidewallnear the tire size. If the tireshave an all‐season tread design,the TPC Spec number will befollowed by MS for mud andsnow. See Tire SidewallLabeling on page 10‑50 foradditional information.

GM recommends replacingall the tires at the same time.Uniform tread depth on alltires will help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time. SeeTire Inspection on page 10‑62and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63for information on proper tirerotation.

Page 406: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (66,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-66 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ WARNING

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ WARNING

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that doesnot have a TPC Spec number,make sure they are the samesize, load range, speed rating,and construction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow‐pressure warning if non‐TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑58.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicatesthe original equipment tires onthe vehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑10 for the labellocation and more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Page 407: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (67,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-67

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, and electronic stabilitycontrol, the performance of thesesystems can also be affected.

{ WARNING

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safetyif tires not recommended forthose wheels are selected.This increases the chanceof a crash and serious injury.Only use GM specific wheel andtire systems developed for thevehicle, and have them properlyinstalled by a GM certifiedtechnician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10‑65 and Accessories andModifications on page 10‑4.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tiresby treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance.This applies only to vehiclessold in the United States.

Page 408: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (68,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-68 Vehicle Care

The grades are molded on thesidewalls of most passenger cartires. The Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) system doesnot apply to deep tread, wintertires, compact spare tires, tireswith nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passengercars and light trucks may varywith respect to these grades,they must also conform tofederal safety requirementsand additional General MotorsTire Performance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating basedon the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlledconditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and ahalf (1½) times as well onthe government course asa tire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practicesand differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction – AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop onwet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditionson specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is basedon straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Page 409: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (69,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-69

Temperature – A, B, C

The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: The

temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels werealigned and balanced at thefactory to provide the longest tirelife and best overall performance.Adjustments to wheel alignment andtire balancing will not be necessaryon a regular basis. However, checkthe alignment if there is unusual tirewear or if the vehicle is pulling toone side or the other. If the vehiclevibrates when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should havethe same load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as theone it replaces.

Page 410: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (70,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-70 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ WARNING

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handlingof the vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheelcan also cause problems withbearing life, brake cooling,speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim,bumper height, vehicle groundclearance, and tire or tire chainclearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ WARNING

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination androad conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions.To avoid vehicle damage, driveslow and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used,install them on the front tires.

Page 411: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (71,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-71

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tireson page 10‑49. If air goes out of atire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. But if there is ever ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correctionas used in a skid. Stop pressingthe accelerator pedal andsteer to straighten the vehicle.

It may be very bumpy and noisy.Gently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

{ WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may causea blowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soonas possible.

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and gettingunder it to do maintenance orrepairs is dangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑5.

Page 412: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (72,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-72 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle canslip off the jack and roll overor fall causing injury or death.Find a level place to change thetire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park)or a manual transmissionin 1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks onboth sides of the tire at theopposite corner of the tirebeing changed.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a sparetire safely, follow the instructionsbelow. Then see Tire Changing onpage 10‑81. To use the tire sealantand compressor kit, see TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑73.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (A).

A. Wheel Block

B. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Page 413: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (73,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-73

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed areathat has no fresh air ventilation.For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑23.

{ WARNING

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and youor others could be injured.Be sure to read and follow thetire sealant and compressor kitinstructions and inflate the tireto its recommended pressure.Do not exceed the recommendedpressure.

{ WARNING

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit inits original location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire, tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It canalso be used to inflate an underinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑10.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

Page 414: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (74,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-74 Vehicle Care

The kit includes: A. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air orAir Only)

B. On/Off Button

C. Pressure Gauge

D. Pressure Deflation Button

E. Tire Sealant Canister

F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

G. Air Only Hose (Black)

H. Power Plug

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister.The sealant canister should bereplaced before its expiration date.

Replacement sealant canistersare available at your local dealer.See “Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant toseal one tire. After usage, thesealant canister and sealant/airhose assembly must be replaced.See “Removal and Installation ofthe Sealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit toTemporarily Seal andInflate a Punctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.

Page 415: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (75,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-75

When using the tire sealantand compressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑71 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑80.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F)and the power plug (H).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (H) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (A) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

Page 416: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (76,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-76 Vehicle Care

9. Press the on/off button (B)to turn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (C) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (C). The recommendedinflation pressure can befound on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑56.

The pressure gauge (C) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressormay be turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Notice: If the recommendedpressure cannot be reachedafter approximately 25 minutes,the vehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑8 or Roadside Service(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

11. Press the on/off button (B)to turn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed andwill continue to leak air untilthe vehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire,therefore, Steps 12–18 mustbe done immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressorkit as it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (H) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

Page 417: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (77,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-77

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/airhose (F), and the powerplug (H) back in theiroriginal location.

16. If the flat tire was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (E) and placeit in a highly visible location.Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damagedtire is repaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflatea Tire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.

See Roadside Service (U.S.and Canada) on page 13‑8 orRoadside Service (Mexico) onpage 13‑10.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (E) and sealant/airhose (F) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

Page 418: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (78,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-78 Vehicle Care

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetire using the tire sealantand compressor kit, takethe vehicle to an authorizeddealer within 161 km (100 mi)of driving to have the tirerepaired or replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:

If a tire goes flat, avoid furthertire and wheel damage by drivingslowly to a level place. Turn onthe hazard warning flashers.See Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑71 for other importantsafety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑80.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (G)and the power plug (H).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

Page 419: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (79,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-79

4. Remove the tire valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (G) ontothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (H) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (A) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (B) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (C). The recommendedinflation pressure can befound on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑56.

The pressure gauge (C) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressoroff to get an accurate reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjustthe excess pressure bypressing the pressure deflationbutton (D) until the properpressure reading is reached.

This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (G).

11. Press the on/off button (B) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressorkit as it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (H) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air onlyhose (G) from the tirevalve stem, by turning itcounterclockwise, and replacethe tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (G)and the power plug (H) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

Page 420: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (80,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-80 Vehicle Care

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton.

3. Pull up and remove the canister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit

This vehicle may have a tiresealant and compressor kit inplace of a jack or spare tire. It islocated in a foam container in therear compartment storage area.If the vehicle has a cargo cover,see Cargo Management System onpage 4‑4 for instructions on howto access the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

Page 421: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (81,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-81

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑14.

2. Press on the bottom of thehandle assembly to unlatch itand lift up on the handle.

The prop rod locks into placewhen open.

3. Remove the spare tire cover. 4. Remove the nut retaining thespare tire.

5. Remove the spare tire and placeit next to the tire being changed.

Page 422: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (82,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-82 Vehicle Care

6. Remove the wing nut (D).

7. Remove the extension (A),jack (B) and wheel wrench (C)and place them near the tirebeing changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Take off the wheel cover or centercap, if the vehicle has one, to reachthe wheel bolts.

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat on page 10‑71 for moreinformation.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

Do not try to remove plastic capsfrom the cover or center cap.

3. Pull the cover or center capaway from the wheel. Storethe wheel cover in the cargoarea until you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosenall the wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Notice: Make sure that the jacklift head is in the correct positionor you may damage your vehicle.The repairs would not be coveredby your warranty.

Page 423: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (83,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-83

6. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flat tire.

The jacking location is indicatedby a V-shaped notch in theplastic molding. The jack mustnot be used in any otherposition.

7. Insert the hooked end of theextension handle through thejack and the flat end throughthe wheel wrench.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle whenit is lifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ WARNING

Raising the vehicle with thejack improperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

Page 424: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (84,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-84 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and gettingunder it to do maintenance orrepairs is dangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

8. Turn the extension with thewheel wrench clockwise to raisethe jack lift head until the jackjust fits under the vehicle.

9. Raise the vehicle by turning thewheel wrench clockwise until theslots in the jack head fit into themetal flange located behind thetriangle on the plastic moulding.

Notice: Using a jack to raise thevehicle without positioning itcorrectly could damage yourvehicle. When raising yourvehicle on a jack, be sure toposition it correctly under theframe and avoid contact withthe plastic molding.

10. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.

Page 425: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (85,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-85

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, a cloth or apaper towel can be used;however, use a scraper or wirebrush later to remove all rustor dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by handuntil the wheel is held againstthe hub.

15. Lower the vehicle byturning the jack handlecounterclockwise.

Page 426: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (86,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-86 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2for original equipment wheelnut torque specifications.

Notice: Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to brakepulsation and rotor damage.To avoid expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel nutsin the proper sequence and tothe proper torque specification.See Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the wheel nuttorque specification.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlyin a crisscross sequence,as shown.

17. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel coveror center cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug with the aid of the wheelwrench and tighten them withthe wheel wrench an additionalone‐quarter of a turn.

Notice: Wheel covers will not fiton the vehicle's compact spare.If you try to put a wheel cover onthe compact spare, the cover orthe spare could be damaged.

Page 427: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (87,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-87

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ WARNING

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all thesein the proper place.

To store the flat or spare tireand tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgateon page 2‑14 for moreinformation.

2. Put back all tools as theywere stored in the rear storagecompartment and put thecompartment cover back on.For more information, see“Storing the Compact Spare Tireand Tools” next in this section.

3. Install the cargo cover.For more information, seeCargo Management System onpage 4‑4.

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in therear storage compartment.

5. Attach the strap to the cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

6. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

7. Attach the strap to the othercargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

8. Tighten the strap.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Page 428: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (88,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-88 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire

{ WARNING

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a timecould result in loss of brakingand handling. This could leadto a crash and you or otherscould be injured. Use only onecompact spare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when thevehicle was new; however, it canlose air after a time. Check theinflation pressure regularly.It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible andcheck that the spare tire is correctlyinflated after installing the spareon the vehicle. The compact spareis designed to perform well atspeeds up to 105 km/h (65 mph) fordistances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi),so a trip can be completed and the

full-size tire repaired or replacedwhen possible. However, thecompact spare tire will last longerand be in good shape if it isreplaced as soon as possible.

Notice: When the compactspare is installed, do not takethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash with guide rails.The compact spare can getcaught on the rails which candamage the tire, wheel, andother parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tireor wheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Notice: Tire chains will not fit thecompact spare. Using them candamage the vehicle and candamage the chains too. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery onpage 10‑24.

If the vehicle battery has run down,you may want to use anothervehicle and some jumper cables tostart your vehicle. Be sure to usethe following steps to do it safely.

{ WARNING

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Page 429: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (89,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-89

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damageto the vehicle that would notbe covered by the warranty.

Trying to start the vehicle bypushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Notice: Only use a vehiclethat has a 12-volt system witha negative ground for jumpstarting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables can reach,but be sure the vehicles are nottouching each other. If theyare, it could cause a groundconnection you do not want.You would not be able to startyour vehicle, and the badgrounding could damagethe electrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put the transmissionin P (Park) before setting theparking brake.

Notice: If any accessories areleft on or plugged in during thejump starting procedure, theycould be damaged. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Wheneverpossible, turn off or unplug allaccessories on either vehiclewhen jump starting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or the accessorypower outlet. Turn off the radioand all lamps that are notneeded. This will avoid sparks,helping save both batteries andthe radio.

4. Open the hood on theother vehicle and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminal locations on thatvehicle.

Open the hood on your vehicleand find the remote positive (+)and remote negative (−) jumpstarting terminals.

Page 430: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (90,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-90 Vehicle Care

Your vehicle is equipped with aremote positive (+) terminal (A)and a remote negative (−)terminal (B). The remotepositive (+) terminal is locatedin the engine compartment onthe driver side of the vehicle,above the rear of the battery.

The remote negative (−) terminalis a stud located in the enginecompartment on the driver sideof the vehicle, on the front tiebar. See Engine CompartmentOverview on page 10‑6 for moreinformation on location.

To uncover the remotepositive (+) terminal, lift openthe access panel on the batterycover indicated by the (+) sign.

{ WARNING

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ WARNING

Using an open flame near abattery can cause battery gas toexplode. People have been hurtdoing this, and some have beenblinded. Use a flashlight if youneed more light.

Be sure the battery has enoughwater. You do not need to addwater to the battery installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it is low,add water to take care of thatfirst. If you do not, explosive gascould be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

Page 431: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (91,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-91

{ WARNING

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehicles couldalso be damaged.

Before you connect the cables,here are some basic things youshould know. Positive (+) will goto positive (+) or to a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one. Negative (−) will go to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to a remote negative (−)terminal if the vehicle has one.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or you will get ashort that would damage thebattery and maybe other parts.

Do not connect the negative (−)cable to the negative (−) terminalon the dead battery because thiscan cause sparks.

6. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+)terminal on the vehicle withthe dead battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

7. Do not let the other endtouch metal. Connect it tothe positive (+) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

8. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal ofthe good battery. Use aremote negative (−) terminalif the vehicle has one.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.The other end of the negative (−)cable does not go to the deadbattery. It goes to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part orto a remote negative (−) terminalon the vehicle with the deadbattery.

9. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable away fromthe dead battery, but notnear engine parts that move.The electrical connection is justas good there, and the chanceof sparks getting back to thebattery is much less.

Your vehicle has a remote (−)terminal for this purpose.

10. Now start the vehicle withthe good battery and run theengine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle thathad the dead battery. If it willnot start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Page 432: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (92,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-92 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correctorder, making sure that thecables do not touch each otheror other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal EnginePart or Remote Negative (−)Terminal

B. Good Battery or RemotePositive (+) and RemoteNegative (−) Terminals

C. Dead Battery or RemotePositive (+) Terminal

To disconnect the jumper cablesfrom both vehicles, do the following:

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) cable from thevehicle that had the deadbattery.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) cable from thevehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the vehicle with thegood battery.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the other vehicle.

5. Close the access panel on thebattery cover, if applicable.

Page 433: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (93,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-93

Towing

Towing the VehicleNotice: To avoid damage,the disabled vehicle shouldbe towed with all four wheelsoff the ground. Care must betaken with vehicles that havelow ground clearance and/orspecial equipment. Alwaysflatbed on a car carrier.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.See Roadside Service (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideService (Mexico) on page 13‑10.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in thissection.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. What is the towing capacity

of the towing vehicle?Be sure to read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betravelled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, makesure the vehicle is preparedto be towed.

Page 434: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (94,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-94 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing

Front-wheel‐drive andall-wheel-drive vehicles maybe dinghy towed from the front.These vehicles can also be towedby placing them on a platformtrailer with all four wheels off of theground. For other towing options,see “Dolly Towing” following in thissection.

Notice: If 105 km/h (65mph)is exceeded while towing thevehicle, it could be damaged.Never exceed 105 km/h (65mph)while towing the vehicle.

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle that will betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.

2. Remove the shift lever boot bypulling up on the rear of the trimplate.

Page 435: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (95,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-95

3. Use a small screw driver or toolto press and hold the manualrelease button on the front right.

4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).

Notice: If the vehicle istowed without performingeach of the steps listed under“Dinghy Towing,” the automatictransmission could be damaged.Be sure to follow all steps of thedinghy towing procedure priorto and after towing the vehicle.

Once the destination has beenreached:

1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

2. Reinstall the shift lever boot byinserting the front edge andpressing the rear of the trimplate until it snaps into place.

3. Start the engine and let it idle formore than three minutes beforedriving the vehicle.

Notice: Too much or toolittle fluid can damage thetransmission. Be sure thatthe transmission fluid is at theproper level before towing withall four wheels on the ground.

Notice: Do not tow a vehiclewith the front drive wheels onthe ground if one of the front tiresis a compact spare tire. Towingwith two different tire sizes onthe front of the vehicle cancause severe damage to thetransmission.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐DriveVehicles)

All-wheel‐drive vehicles should notbe towed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground or dinghy towedfrom the front. See Dinghy Towingearlier in this section.

Page 436: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (96,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-96 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles)

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground,do the following:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑21.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle Fromthe Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear could damage it. Also,repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Never havethe vehicle towed from the rear.

Page 437: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (97,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-97

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Notice: Do not use petroleumbased, acidic, or abrasivecleaning agents as they candamage the vehicle's paint,metal, or plastic parts. If damageoccurs, it would not be coveredby the vehicle's warranty.Approved cleaning productscan be obtained from yourdealer. Follow all manufacturerdirections regarding correctproduct usage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Notice: Avoid using highpressure washes closer than30 cm (12 in) to the surface of thevehicle. Use of power washersexceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi)can result in damage or removalof paint and decals.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials suchas calcium chloride and other salts,ice melting agents, road oil and tar,tree sap, bird droppings, chemicalsfrom industrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Page 438: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (98,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-98 Vehicle Care

Occasional hand waxing ormild polishing should be doneto remove residue from the paintfinish. See your dealer for approvedcleaning products.

Notice: Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish lookingnew, keep the vehicle garagedor covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Regularly clean bright metal partswith water or chrome polish onchrome or stainless steel trim,if necessary.

For aluminum, never use autoor chrome polish, steam, orcaustic soap to clean. A coatingof wax, rubbed to a high polish, isrecommended for all bright metalparts.

Cleaning ExteriorLamps/Lenses and Emblems

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" later in this section.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap,and a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if theyare worn or damaged. Damagecan be caused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Page 439: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (99,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-99

Weatherstrips

Apply silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑13.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on thevehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applyinga tire dressing, always wipe offany overspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Notice: Chrome wheels and otherchrome trim may be damagedif the vehicle is not washedafter driving on roads that havebeen sprayed with magnesium,calcium, or sodium chloride.These chlorides are used onroads for conditions such asice and dust. Always wash thechrome with soap and waterafter exposure.

Notice: To avoid surfacedamage, do not use strongsoaps, chemicals, abrasivepolishes, cleaners, brushes,or cleaners that contain acidon aluminum or chrome-platedwheels. Use only approvedcleaners. Also, never drivea vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels throughan automatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect front and rearsuspension and steering systemfor damaged, loose, or missing partsor signs of wear. Inspect the powersteering for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visuallycheck constant velocity joints,rubber boots, and axle seals forleaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, andthe steel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Page 440: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (100,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-100 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

Use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils. Notethat newspapers or dark garmentsthat can transfer color to homefurnishings can also permanentlytransfer color to the vehicle'sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices onthe instrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellant from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Your dealer may have products forcleaning the interior. Use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. To preventoverspray, apply all cleaners directlyto the cleaning cloth. Cleanersshould be removed quickly. Neverallow cleaners to remain on thesurface being cleaned for extendedperiods of time.

Cleaners may contain solventsthat can become concentratedin the interior. Before usingcleaners, read and adhere to allsafety instructions on the label.While cleaning the interior, maintainadequate ventilation by opening thedoors and windows.

Page 441: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (101,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-101

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:. Never use a razor or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with excessivepressure.

. Do not use laundry detergentsor dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 dropsper 3.78 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solutionwill leave a residue that createsstreaks and attracts dirt. Do notuse solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.Commercial glass cleaners may beused, if necessary, after cleaningthe interior glass with plain water.

Notice: To prevent scratching,never use abrasive cleanerson automotive glass. Abrasivecleaners or aggressive cleaningmay damage the rear windowdefogger.

Fabric/Carpet

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment.If a rotating brush attachment isbeing used during vacuuming, onlyuse it on the floor carpet. Beforecleaning, gently remove as muchof the soil as possible using oneof the following techniques:. Gently blot liquids with a paper

towel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean lint-freecolorfast cloth with water orclub soda. Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

Page 442: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (102,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-102 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in tothe fabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only byclub soda or plain water.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessaryto use a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastnessbefore using a commercialupholstery cleaner or spot lifter.If ring formation occurs, cleanthe entire fabric or carpet.

Following the cleaning process, apaper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture.

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, andOther Plastic Surfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened witha mild soap solution.

Notice: Soaking or saturatingleather, especially perforatedleather, as well as other interiorsurfaces, may cause permanentdamage. Wipe excess moisturefrom these surfaces aftercleaning and allow them to drynaturally. Never use heat, steam,spot lifters or spot removers.Do not use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanentlychange the appearance andfeel of leather or soft trimand are not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Notice: Use of air fresheners maycause permanent damage toplastics and painted surfaces.If an air freshener comes incontact with any plastic orpainted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean witha soft cloth dampened with amild soap solution. Damagecaused by air fresheners wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Page 443: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (103,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Vehicle Care 10-103

Floor Mats

{ WARNING

If a floor mat is the wrongsize or is not properly installed,it can interfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause acrash and injury. Make surethe floor mat does not interferewith the pedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-certified floormats may not fit properly andmay interfere with the pedals.Always check that the floor matsdo not interfere with the pedals.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.The passenger side floor mat is heldin place by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock each retainer andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snappinginto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured and verifythat it does not interfere withthe pedals.

Page 444: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (104,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

10-104 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES

Page 445: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenanceCadillac Premium CareMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-4

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-15

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule tohelp protect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglector inadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the valueof the vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trainedtechnicians who can performrequired maintenance usinggenuine replacement parts.They have up‐to‐date tools andequipment for fast and accuratediagnostics. Many dealers haveextended evening and Saturdayhours, courtesy transportation,and online scheduling to assistwith service needs.

Page 446: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such asoil changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Notice: Damage caused byimproper maintenance can leadto costly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommendedto have your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needsvary. There may need to bemore frequent checks andservices. The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Normal are forvehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑10.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑46.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Normal chart.

The Additional RequiredServices ‐ Severe are forvehicles that are:. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic

in hot weather.. Mainly driven in hilly or

mountainous terrain.. Frequently towing a trailer.. Used for high speed or

competitive driving.. Used for taxi, police, or delivery

service.

Page 447: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services ‐ Severe chart.

{ WARNING

Performing maintenance workcan be dangerous and cancause serious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealerto have a trained technician dothe work. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10‑4.

Cadillac PremiumCare MaintenanceYour vehicle comes withthe Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance. It is a maintenanceprogram that covers selectmaintenance services duringthe first 4 years or 80 000 km(50,000 mi), whichever comesfirst.

Cadillac Premium CareMaintenance covers routinemaintenance services, whenscheduled in accordance withthe owner manual, including:. Oil changes based on the

vehicle's oil life monitor system.. Tire rotation every 12 000 km

(7,500 mi).

. Engine air cleaner filterreplacement.

. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement.

. Multi‐point vehicle inspection(MPVI) performed by a qualifiedtechnician.

Cadillac requires that all CadillacPremium Care Maintenanceservices be performed by aCadillac authorized service dealer.

Page 448: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-4 Service and Maintenance

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop. Check the engine oil level.

See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation

pressures. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56.

. Inspect the tires for wear.See Tire Inspection onpage 10‑62.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑21.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, havethe engine oil and filter changedwithin the next 1 000 km/600 mi.If driven under the best conditions,the engine oil life system might notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor more than a year. The engine oiland filter must be changed at leastonce a year and the oil life systemmust be reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi sincethe last service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑10.

Tire Rotation andRequired Services Every12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommendedfor the vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation on page 10‑63.. Check engine oil level and

oil life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil on page 10‑8 and Engine OilLife System on page 10‑10.

. Check engine coolant level.See Engine Coolant onpage 10‑15.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑21.

Page 449: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Visually inspect windshieldwiper blades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare on page 10‑97. Replaceworn or damaged wiper blades.See Wiper Blade Replacementon page 10‑27.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑56.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection on page 10‑62.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑12.

. Inspect brake system.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged,loose, or missing parts or signsof wear. See Exterior Care onpage 10‑97.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See SafetySystem Check on page 3‑21.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components.See Exterior Care onpage 10‑97.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check on page 10‑25.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function.See Automatic TransmissionShift Lock Control FunctionCheck on page 10‑26.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check onpage 10‑26.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑73.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof onpage 2‑27.

Page 450: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Page 451: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Normal

a) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed ifthe vehicle is driven in areas withheavy traffic, areas with poor airquality, or areas with high dustlevels. Replacement may also beneeded if there is a reduction in airflow, excessive window fogging,or odors.

b) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook‐up,routing, and condition. Check thatthe purge valve, if the vehicle hasone, works properly. Replace asneeded.

c) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

d) Do not directly power washthe transfer case output seals.High pressure water can overcomethe seals and contaminate thetransfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and should bereplaced.

e) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10‑14.

f) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

Page 452: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Page 453: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices — Severe

a) Or every two years, whichevercomes first.

b) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook‐up,routing, and condition. Check thatthe purge valve, if the vehicle hasone, works properly. Replace asneeded.

c) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

d) Do not directly power washthe transfer case output seals.High pressure water can overcomethe seals and contaminate thetransfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and should bereplaced.

e) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System onpage 10‑14.

f) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricatechassis components every5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed once a year.

Page 454: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-10 Service and Maintenance

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for itproperly may help to avoidfuture costly repairs. To maintainvehicle performance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired. It is recommendedthat your dealer perform theseservices — their trained dealertechnicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also performa thorough assessment with amulti‐point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention. The following list isintended to explain the servicesand conditions to look for that mayindicate services are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power tostart the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.. To avoid break‐down or failure

to start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion‐free.

Belts. Belts may need replacing if

they squeak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicianscan inspect the belts andrecommend replacementwhen necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include

chirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels andapproved fluids protect thevehicle’s systems and components.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑13 for GMapproved fluids.. Engine oil and windshield

washer fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Page 455: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi‐point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.. Signs that the headlamps need

attention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi‐point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.. Signs of wear may include

steering wheel vibration,bounce/sway while braking,longer stopping distance,or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi‐pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visuallyinspect the shocks and strutsfor signs of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money, fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.. Signs that the tires need to be

replaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulgeor split in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend theright tires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Page 456: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle lookinglike new, vehicle care productsare available from your dealer.For information on how to cleanand protect the vehicle’s interiorand exterior, see Interior Care onpage 10‑100 and Exterior Care onpage 10‑97.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.. Signs that the alignment may

need to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.. Signs of damage include

scratches, cracks, and chips.. Trained dealer technicians

can inspect the windshieldand recommend properreplacement if needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking,

skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.

Page 457: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine OilUse only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent,of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend isrecommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Engine Coolant50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15.

Hydraulic Brake SystemDOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461,in Canada 88863462).

Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chassis LubricationChassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock CylindersMulti-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Page 458: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674).

Weatherstrip ConditioningWeatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C

Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176

Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 25979378 —

Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 25979379 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 —

Page 459: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed

Page 460: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-16 Service and Maintenance

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed

Page 461: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Service and Maintenance 11-17

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed

Page 462: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

11-18 Service and Maintenance

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed

Page 463: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VINis the engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the inside of the rearside cargo management cover, hasthe following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.

Page 464: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134aFor the air conditioning system refrigerant chargeamount, see the refrigerant label located under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt

Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal

Transmission Fluid 5.0 L 5.3 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 ft lb

*See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑12 for information on checking fluid level.

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Page 465: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Page 466: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES

Page 467: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-6GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Roadside Service(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10

Scheduling ServiceAppointments(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-14

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-16

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-18

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-21OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-22Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-23

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. andCanada)Your satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at thatlevel. If the matter has alreadybeen reviewed with the sales,service or parts manager, contactthe owner of your dealership orthe general manager.

Page 468: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-458-8006.In Canada, call the CanadianCadillac Customer Care Centreat 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to giveyour inquiry prompt attention. Havethe following information availableto give the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top leftof the instrument panel andvisible through the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two,you can file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairsor the interpretation of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Althoughyou may be required to resort to thisinformal dispute resolution programprior to filing a court action, use ofthe program is free of charge and

your case will generally be heardwithin 40 days. If you do not agreewith the decision given in your case,you may reject it and proceed withany other venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB AutoLine Program using the toll-freetelephone number or write themat the following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available inall 50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

Page 469: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that youdo not feel your concerns havebeen addressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be awareof its participation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completedin approximately 70 days.

We believe our impartial programoffers advantages over courts inmost jurisdictions because it isinformal, quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico)

Did you get the Warranty ExtensionPlan? This plan is recommended byGeneral Motors to supplement thewarranty included with the newvehicle purchase.

See your dealer for details.

Page 470: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-4 Customer Information

Customer AssistanceProcedure

Owner satisfaction and goodwill arevery important to your dealer andGeneral Motors.

Normally, any problem with thetransaction, sale, or usage ofthe vehicle must be handledby your dealer sales or servicedepartments. However, werecognize that despite the goodintentions of all parties involved,sometimes a misunderstandingmay occur.

If you have a problem that has notbeen satisfactorily handled throughthe normal means, we suggest thefollowing steps:

STEP ONE

Explain your case to your dealerservice agent, service manager,dealer sales agent, or salesmanager, depending on your case.

Make sure that they haveall necessary information.They are interested in yourcontinual satisfaction.

STEP TWO

If you are not satisfied, pleasecontact the general manager oryour dealership owner to ask fortheir help. If they are not able toresolve your case, ask themto contact the right people atGeneral Motors for support,if needed.

STEP THREE

If your case is not resolved in areasonable amount of time by yourdealer, please call the GeneralMotors Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC) and provide thefollowing information:. Name. Address. Phone number. Model year. Brand. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). Mileage. Delivery date. Description of the problem. Dealership name. Dealership address

See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5or Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑5.

Page 471: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-5

Customer AssistanceOffices (U.S. and Canada)Cadillac encourages customersto call the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

From Puerto Rico:

1-800-496-9992 (English)1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-20001-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Please contact the localGeneral Motors Business Unit.

Mexico, Central America andCaribbean Islands/Countries(Except Puerto Rico andU.S. Virgin Islands)

General Motors de Mexico,S. de R.L. de C.V.Customer Assistance CenterAv. Ejercito Nacional #843Col. GranadaC.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.

01-800-466-0805Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0805

Customer AssistanceOffices (Mexico)To contact the Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC), use the phonenumbers listed in this section.Customer assistance is availableMonday through Friday, 08:00 to20:00 hours, and Saturdays from08:00 to 15:00 hours.

All e-mail inquiries to the CustomerAssistance Center (CAC) should besent to: [email protected].

Page 472: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-6 Customer Information

Mexico

From Mexico City

5329-0816

From Other Mexico Locations

01-800-466-0816

United States and Canada

1-866-466-8195

Costa Rica

00-800-052-1005

Guatemala

1-800-999-5252

Panama

00-800-052-0001

Dominican Republic

1-888-751-5301

El Salvador

800-6273

Honduras

800-0122-6101

Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone (TTY)Users (U.S. and Canada)To assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Manage your vehicle (U.S.)at cadillac.com. Click on“Owners,” then “Manage myCadillac/Owners Login.”

Information and servicescustomized for your specificvehicle — all in one convenientplace.. Digital owner manual, warranty

information, and more.. Storage for online service and

maintenance records.. Cadillac dealer locator for

service nationwide.. Exclusive privileges and offers.. Recall notices for your specific

vehicle.. OnStar and GM Cardmember

Services Earnings summaries.

Page 473: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-7

Other Helpful Links:

Cadillac — www.cadillac.com

Cadillac Merchandise —www.cadillaccollection.com

Help Center — www.cadillac.com/pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do. FAQ (Frequently Asked

Questions). Contact Us

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Take a trip to the Cadillac OwnerCentre:. Chat live with online help

representatives.. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate owner resources suchas lease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner manual foryour vehicle, quickly and easily.

. Find the Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program(U.S. and Canada)

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

Page 474: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-8 Customer Information

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935.Text Telephone (TTY) users,call 1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canadaalso has a Mobility Program.Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Service(U.S. and Canada)U.S.: 1-800-224-1400

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users(U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.. Location of the vehicle.. Model, year, color, and license

plate number of the vehicle.. Odometer reading, Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN),and delivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi),whichever comes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Cadillac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the right tomake any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Service program atany time without notification.

Cadillac and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the rightto limit services or payment to anowner or driver if they decide theclaims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made manytimes.

Page 475: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-9

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow tothe nearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good conditionand properly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it isnot covered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Routing Service: Detailedmaps of North America areprovided when requestedeither with the most directroute or the most scenic route.Additional travel informationis also available. Allow threeweeks for delivery.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Service: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expensesmay be reimbursed during the5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi)Powertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto clubor towing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contactinga Cadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travelto your location within a 30 mileradius of a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools requiredto handle most roadside repairs.

Page 476: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-10 Customer Information

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Routing Service: Limit ofsix requests per year.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Service: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, anda copy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorizationhas been received, theRoadside Service advisor willhelp you make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideService advisor may giveyou permission to get localemergency road service.You will receive payment, up to$100, after sending the originalreceipt to Roadside Service.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty arethe owner responsibility.

Roadside Service(Mexico)As a new owner, your vehicleis automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program.The services are available at nocost under the terms and conditionsof the program. The RoadsideAssistance program is not partof, or included, in the coverageprovided by the new vehiclelimited warranty.

Roadside Assistance providesassistance to the driver andpassengers while driving thevehicle within your city of residenceor on any passable road inMexico, the United States, andCanada. Services are subjectto the limitations described inthe following pages. Programcoverage varies by country.

Roadside Assistance is available24 hours a day, 365 days ofthe year.

Page 477: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-11

This program expires two yearsfrom the date of the invoice forthe vehicle, regardless of vehiclemileage and changes in vehicleownership.

For more information about therenewal of this program at the endof its term, contact the CadillacCustomer Assistance Center at01-800-466-0805.

Services Provided. Flat Tire Change: If unable

to change a flat tire, RoadsideAssistance will provide towingservice to the nearest authorizedCadillac dealership. It is theowner's responsibility for therepair or replacement of the tire.This service is limited to thetransfer of the vehicle to therepair facility.

. Emergency Fuel Delivery:Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. *Emergency Messages:Transmission of urgent phonemessages.

. *Emergency Calls: Call foremergency services.

. *Dealership LocationAssistance: Informationregarding addresses andtelephone numbers forCadillac dealers.

. Emergency Towing: Tow tothe nearest dealer for warrantyservice if the vehicle cannot bedriven.

If the vehicle is involvedin an accident during thecommission of a crime,administrative violation,or breach of traffic regulations,Roadside Assistance willnot provide service.

When the vehicle is notaccessible to be towed, allmaneuvers required to access itwill be at the owner's expense.

If the vehicle is in anothercity outside of your residence,Roadside Assistance is limitedto moving the vehicle to thenearest dealer. If you would likethe vehicle moved to a differentdealer, you will be asked tocover the difference in costat the time of the move.

If the vehicle cannot be receivedby the nearest Cadillac dealerdue to scheduling conflicts, thevehicle will be taken to a safeplace where it will remain for upto 48 hours until it can be takento the dealer. If the storage costsexceed the amount authorized,the owner is responsible to paythe difference at the time ofservice. Contact RoadsideAssistance for more informationon authorized amounts.

Page 478: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-12 Customer Information

. *Trip Interruption: This serviceis provided if you are preventedfrom further usage of yourvehicle while traveling and itis not possible for the nearestCadillac dealership to repairthe vehicle the same day,requiring the vehicle to stayat the dealership for a night ormore. If this happens, in additionto the previously listed servicesand prior to confirmation by thedealership, you are entitled tochoose one of the followingalternatives, within the limits ofexisting Roadside Assistanceprogram guidelines. If the costsexceed the amount authorizedfor these services, you must paythe difference at the time ofservice.

Roadside Assistancewill coordinate hotelaccommodations for all vehicletravelers for up to two nights.

A rental car will be provided forup to two days and the vehiclemust be returned to its originaldestination, excluding vehicleswith a carrying capacity greaterthan 3.5 tons.

Complimentary Transportation: Ifyou prefer to continue yourtrip to the intended destinationor return to your place ofresidence, and the trip requiresmore than eight hours driving onthe road, transportation for thedriver and passengers by firstclass bus or coach commercialairline will be provided to alocation chosen by RoadsideAssistance, depending onavailability at the chosendestination. Restrictions applybased on vehicle specifications.

If you are on the road, taxiservice to the nearest busstation or airport will beprovided.

. *ComplimentaryTransportation for VehiclePick Up: Transportation topick up your vehicle after repairsare complete. Once the dealerhas reported that the vehiclehas been repaired, RoadsideAssistance will provide bus orcommercial airline one-wayservice (subject to availability)for the person designated byyou to collect your vehicle atthe dealership's location if youor the designated person arenot in the same town or cityas the dealership.

*These services are not providedfor U.S. or Canada residents. Allservices provided in the U.S. andCanada are at the owner's expenseand will be reimbursed by RoadsideAssistance.

Page 479: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-13

Services Not Included in RoadsideAssistance

Roadside Assistance does notcover or reimburse services forthe following:. Events caused by fraud or bad

faith by the driver.. Vehicle immobilization

situations due to a major forceor unforeseen circumstances,such as natural phenomenaof an extraordinary nature,earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,and other cyclonic storms.

. Vehicle immobilization situationsarising from car accidentscaused by the driver ofthe vehicle or third parties.This means any occurrencethat causes physical injury tothe occupants and/or the vehiclecaused by external forces.

. Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar,armed forces or police actionswhich prevent timely delivery ofassistance services.

. Food service, beverages,telephone calls, or other extracosts. Accommodation costsapply only to Mexico per theterms and conditions of theRoadside Assistance program.

. Any damage to the vehiclewithout intent, derived fromthe services provided.

. Cost of towing a trailer whenchoosing a Cadillac dealerthat is nearest to the temporarystorage facility for the disabledvehicle.

. Cost of all maneuvers requiredto access the vehicle when it isnot available to be towed.

. Cost of fuel provided.

Routine vehicle repair costsare not covered by the RoadsideAssistance program. For moreinformation, see your new vehiclewarranty.

Contacting Roadside Assistance

Roadside Assistance servicesare of no cost to you and available24 hours a day, 365 days a year.Costs are only incurred in situationsthat exceed the limits of theprogram, some of which arelisted previously in this section.

To contact Roadside Assistance byphone, use the following numbers:

Mexico

01-800-466-0805

United States

1-866-466-8906

Canada

1-800-268-6800

E-mail

[email protected]

Cadillac reserves the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

Page 480: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-14 Customer Information

Scheduling ServiceAppointments(U.S. and Canada)When the vehicle requireswarranty service, contactyour dealer and request anappointment. By schedulinga service appointment andadvising the service consultantof your transportation needs,your dealer can help minimizeyour inconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it untilit can be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you tobring the vehicle for service,you are urged to do so as earlyin the work day as possible toallow for same-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada)To enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties inboth the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warrantycoverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generallybe completed while you wait.However, if you are unableto wait, GM helps to minimizeinconvenience by providing severaltransportation options. Dependingon the circumstances, your dealercan offer one of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to yourdestination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includesone-way or round-trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Page 481: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (15,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-15

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used insteadof your dealer's shuttle service,the expense must be supportedby original receipts and can onlybe up to the maximum amountallowed by GM for shuttle service.In addition, for U.S. customers,should you arrange transportationthrough a friend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available.Claim amounts should reflect actualcosts and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicle orreimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and mayinclude minimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card,etc. You are responsible for fuelusage charges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion ofthe repair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such asshuttle service, may not be availableat every dealer. Please contactyour dealer for specific informationabout availability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangements willbe administered by appropriatedealer personnel.

General Motors reserves theright to unilaterally modify,change, or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time andto resolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Page 482: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (16,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-16 Customer Information

Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada)If the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged,have the damage repaired by aqualified technician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts arenew parts made with the samematerials and construction methodsas the parts with which the vehiclewas originally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipmentparts may also be used for repair.These parts are typically removedfrom vehicles that were total lossesin prior crashes. In most cases,the parts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choiceto maintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts arealso available. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.

As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate‐of‐the‐art equipment, or beable to recommend a collisionrepair center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Page 483: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (17,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-17

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in theGM vehicle with comprehensiveand collision insurance coverage.There are significant differencesin the quality of coverage affordedby various insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensationfor damage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts.Some insurance companies willnot specify aftermarket collisionparts. When purchasing insurance,we recommend that you ensurethat the vehicle will be repaired withGM original equipment collisionparts. If such insurance coverageis not available from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Movethe vehicle only if its position putsyou in danger, or you are instructedto move it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideService (Mexico) on page 13‑10.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.. Vehicle license plate number.. Vehicle make, model, and

model year.. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Insurance company and policy

number.. General description of the

damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? on page 3‑28.

Page 484: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (18,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-18 Customer Information

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towedthere. Specify to the facility thatany required replacement collisionparts be original equipment parts,either new Genuine GM partsor recycled original GM parts.Remember, recycled parts willnot be covered by the GM vehiclewarranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company may

initially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss thiswith the repair professional,and insist on Genuine GM parts.Remember, if the vehicle is leased,you may be obligated to havethe vehicle repaired with GenuineGM parts, even if your insurancecoverage does not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accepta repair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collisionpolicy repair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Page 485: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (19,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-19

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle.The Owner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to changewithout notice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted inU.S. funds. Make checks payablein U.S. funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may ordera recall and remedy campaign.

Page 486: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (20,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-20 Customer Information

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you maycall the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtainother information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of Canada Limited.Call Transport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA(or Transport Canada) in a situationlike this, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Page 487: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (21,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-21

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThis GM vehicle has a number ofsophisticated computers that recordinformation about the vehicle’sperformance and how it is driven.For example, the vehicle usescomputer modules to monitor andcontrol engine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy airbags in a crash, and,if so equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help your dealer technicianservice the vehicle. Some modulesmay also store data about how youoperate the vehicle, such as rate offuel consumption or average speed.These modules may also retain theowner’s personal preferences, suchas radio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle has an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purposeof an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an airbag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data thatwill assist in understanding howa vehicle's systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short period oftime, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in the

vehicle were operating.. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened.

. How far, if at all, the driver waspressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal.

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

This data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.

Important: EDR data is recordedby the vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data isrecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age,and crash location) is recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

Page 488: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (22,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-22 Customer Information

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: withthe consent of the vehicle owneror, if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs ormay be made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withan active OnStar system, thatsystem may also record data incrash or near crash-like situations.The OnStar Terms and Conditionsprovides information on datacollection and use and is availableat www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada),or by pressing theQ buttonand speaking to an advisor.See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.

Navigation SystemIf the vehicle has a navigationsystem, use of the system mayresult in the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers,and other trip information.Refer to the navigation manualfor information on stored dataand for deletion instructions.

Page 489: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (23,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

Customer Information 13-23

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniencessuch as key fobs for remote doorlocking/unlocking and starting,and in-vehicle transmitters forgarage door openers. RFIDtechnology in GM vehicles does notuse or record personal informationor link with any other GM systemcontaining personal information.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to anyof these systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Page 490: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (24,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

13-24 Customer Information

2 NOTES

Page 491: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

OnStar 14-1

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Overview

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices.

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.

PushQ or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR(1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Push X to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.Requires the available Directionsand Connections service plan.

Page 492: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

14-2 OnStar

PushQ to connect to a liveAdvisor to:. Verify account information or

update contact information.. Get driving directions. Requires

the available Directions andConnections service plan.

. Receive On-DemandDiagnostics for a check on thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

Push] to get a priority connectionto an Emergency Advisor available24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or

respond to an AMBER Alert.. Get crisis assistance and

evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyWith Automatic Crash Response,the built-in system can automaticallyconnect to help in a crash even ifyou cannot ask for it.

Push] to connect to anEmergency Advisor. GPStechnology is used to identify thevehicle location and can providecritical information to emergencypersonnel. The Advisor is alsotrained to offer critical assistancein emergency situations.

SecurityOnStar provides services like StolenVehicle Assistance, Remote IgnitionBlock, and Roadside Assistance,if the vehicle is equipped withthese services. OnStar can unlockthe vehicle doors remotely, if itis equipped with automatic doorlocks, and can help police locatethe vehicle if it is stolen.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires theDirections and Connectionsservice plan.

PushQ to receive directionsor have them sent to the vehiclenavigation screen. Destinationscan also be forwarded to thevehicle from Google Maps™ orMapQuest.com. The OnStarmapping database is continuouslyupdated. Visit www.onstar.com forcoverage maps.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PushQ to connect to a liveAdvisor.

2. Request directions.

3. Directions are downloaded to thevehicle.

4. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Page 493: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Would you like tocancel route directions to yourdestination?”

2. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, route canceled.”

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Route Preview

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Route Preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Repeat

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Get My Destination

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with miles tothe destination, then respondswith “OnStar ready,” then a tone.

3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voicecommands.

Other Navigation ServicesAvailable from OnStar

OnStar eNav: Allows subscribersto send destinations from GoogleMaps and MapQuest.com totheir Turn-by-Turn Navigation orscreen-based navigation system.When ready, the directions will bedownloaded to the vehicle.

Destination Download:PushQ, then request the Advisorto download directions to thenavigation system in the vehicle.After the call ends, push the “Go”button on the navigation screento begin driving directions.

Destinations can also bedownloaded on the go.For information about eNav,Destination Download,and coverage maps visitwww.onstar.com.

Page 494: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

14-4 OnStar

ConnectionsOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowscalls to be made and receivedfrom the vehicle. The vehicle canalso be controlled from a cell phonethrough the OnStar mobile app. Seewww.onstar.com for coverage maps.

Hands-Free Calling

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Dial.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” andthe area code. Systemresponds: “OK calling.”

Retrieve My Number

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “My Number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is.”

End a Call

Push X. System responds:“Call ended.”

Store a Name Tag for SpeedDialing

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Store.” System responds:“Please say the number youwould like to store.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing. System responds:“Please say the name tag.”

4. Pick a name tag. “Systemresponds: ”About to store<name tag>. Does thatsound OK?”

5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again.System responds: “OK, storing<name tag>.”

Place a Call Using a StoredNumber

1. Push X. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call <name tag>.” Systemresponds: “OK, calling<name tag>.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Push X and say “minutes” then“verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

OnStar Mobile App

With an iPhone® orAndroid™-based mobile device,an OnStar mobile app can bedownloaded. The vehicle canbe remote started, if equipped,or the doors can be unlockedfrom anywhere there is cell phoneservice. It can also check the fuellevel, tire pressure, and oil life.It can connect to an OnStar Advisoranytime. For OnStar mobile appcompatibility or further information,see www.onstar.com.

Page 495: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

OnStar 14-5

DiagnosticsOnStar Vehicle Diagnostics willperform a vehicle check everymonth. It will check the engine,transmission, antilock brakes,and major vehicle systems.It also checks the tire pressures,if the vehicle is equipped with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If a diagnostics check is neededbetween e-mails, pushQ, and anAdvisor can run a check.

OnStar AdditionalInformationTransferring Service

PushQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan assist in canceling or removingaccount information. If OnStarreceives information that vehicleownership has changed, OnStarmay send a voice message to thevehicle, requesting updated accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PushQ and follow the promptsto speak to an Advisor as soon aspossible after acquiring the vehicle.The Advisor will update vehiclerecords and will explain the OnStarservice offers and options available.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles.Not all OnStar services areavailable everywhere or on allvehicles. For more information,a full description of OnStarservices, system limitations,and OnStar terms and conditions,see www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada); contactOnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY1‐877‐248‐2080; or pushQto speak with an Advisor.

Page 496: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

14-6 OnStar

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement witha wireless service provider forservice in that area, and thewireless service provider hascoverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar’sservice. Service involvinglocation information about thevehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStar

hardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipmentor software is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service maynot work. Other problems beyondOnStar’s control may preventservice such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of thevehicle, damage to the vehiclein a crash, or wireless phonenetwork congestion or jamming.

See Radio FrequencyStatement on page 13‑23 forinformation regarding Part 15of the Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules andIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/220/310.

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpsubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PushQ for help with:

. Locating a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Providing directions to theclosest hospital or pharmacy inurgent situations.

Page 497: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

OnStar 14-7

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to the deaf,hard‐of‐hearing, or speech‐impairedcustomers while in the vehicle.The available dealer‐installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all of the OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn‐by‐Turn Navigation.

Onstar.com

The website provides access toaccount information, managesthe OnStar subscription, andallows viewing of videos of eachservice. Get subscription planpricing and sign up for OnStarVehicle Diagnostics. Click onthe “My Account” tab on thehome page.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some ofthe OnStar services, like RemoteDoor Unlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be promptedto change the PIN the first timewhen speaking with an Advisor.To change the OnStar PIN, callOnStar and provide the Advisorwith the current number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the new-vehiclelimited warranty. The manufacturerof the vehicle furnishes detailedwarranty information.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmedto respond in French or Spanish.PushQ and ask an Advisor.Advisors can speak French orSpanish.

Potential Issues

Some OnStar services are disabledafter five days. OnStar cannotperform Remote Door Unlock orStolen Vehicle Assistance after thevehicle has been off continuouslyfor five days. After five days, OnStarcan contact Roadside Assistanceand a locksmith to help gain accessto the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels,underpasses, or parkinggarages; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

Page 498: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

14-8 OnStar

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.The Advisor may give a verbalroute or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Avoid placing items over or near theantenna to prevent blocking cellularand GPS signal reception. Cellularreception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PushQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9‑61. Addedelectrical equipment may interferewith the operation of the OnStarsystem and cause it to not operate.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitiveusers of wireless communicationsare cautioned that the privacy of anyinformation sent via wireless cellularcommunications cannot be assured.Third parties may unlawfullyintercept or access transmissionsand private communications withoutconsent.

Page 499: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61

Additional Information,OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Adjustable Throttle andBrake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-25AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Alarm SystemAnti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-25, 9-28AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11AntennaMulti-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18

Anti-theftAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-38

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19CD/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21

Page 500: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (2,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-2 INDEX

Audio SystemRadio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18Rear Seat (RSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26Shift Lock ControlFunction Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

AuxiliaryDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29, 7-35

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-49, 7-51,

7-55, 7-62

BrakePedal and AdjustableThrottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16

System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-21Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-16Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-40Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-37

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-42Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Page 501: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (3,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-3

Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-18CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-45

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54, 3-56Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7, 5-8Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-16Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-88Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

Compressor Kit, TireSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73

Connections, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . 14-4Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Engine TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-18

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1, 13-3

Page 502: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (4,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-4 INDEX

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-16Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-21Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . 7-29, 7-35Diagnostics, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . 14-5Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Rear Seat Pass-through . . . . . .3-13

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-25, 9-28

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

DrivingCharacteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-24Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-10Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

DVDRear Seat EntertainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37

DVD/CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

EE85 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Economy ModeFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28

Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-21Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

Emergency, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

Page 503: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (5,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-5

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Cooling System Messages . . .5-34Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-24

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-21

Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-103FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . 10-12Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . .3-10

Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . . . . . . .9-49Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-26Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46Requirements, California . . . . .9-47System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35

Fuel Economy Gauge . . . . . . . . . 5-13Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

Page 504: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (6,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-6 INDEX

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-46Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47

Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . 9-19GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Headlamps (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-27Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-37Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-57Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-32Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Page 505: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (7,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-7

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-36Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-50LampsCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-18Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

LiftgateCarbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

LightAdaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . .5-26

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-21Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-21Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-25Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Page 506: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (8,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-8 INDEX

Lights (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-15Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-35LocksDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-26Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluidsand Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-18Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-25Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . .5-38Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-34Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Object Detection System . . . . .5-37

Messages (cont'd)Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-37Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Page 507: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (9,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-9

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle Data Recordingand Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22

NetCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-37Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-6OnStar®

Additional Information . . . . . . . .14-5Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25

Operation, InfotainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . 13-18

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Overview, InfotainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3, 7-5

Overview, OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22

ParkingAssist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-23Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-30Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-3

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . 7-49, 7-51,

7-55, 7-62

Page 508: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (10,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-10 INDEX

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-23

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . 13-14

Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-23Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23

RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Rear AxleLimited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35

Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5Rear Seat Audio (RSA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Rear Seat EntertainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . .7-47

Rear SeatPass-through Door . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-42Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93

Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Page 509: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (11,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-11

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-36Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash . . . 3-22

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-20General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Ride Control SystemsLimited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-35Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Roadside Service . . . . . . . 13-8, 13-10RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-22Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-21

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-20General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-14Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated and VentilatedFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10

Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-5Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54, 3-56

Page 510: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (12,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-12 INDEX

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-35ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-15Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-14Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . 2-10Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-25Starting the GasolineEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Starting the VehicleMesssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Steering (cont'd)Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

StorageMass Media (MEM) . . . . . . . . . . .7-25

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Management System . . . 4-4Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Page 511: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (13,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

INDEX i-13

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-20Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7, 5-8TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-71Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Tires (cont'd)Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-69When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-53Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-52Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-93Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-61Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93

TractionControl System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-32Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-35Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . .9-35

TrailerSway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-61Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Page 512: 2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M ... Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer (: ... Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

Black plate (14,1)Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012

i-14 INDEX

UUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-38Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-46Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

VVehicleCanadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-39Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-80

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Warning Lights, Gauges,and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .ivHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-44Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6